RELEASE_NOTES revision 71345
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.561.2.5.2.181 2000/12/28 23:56:46 gshapiro Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
10	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
11		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
12		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
13		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
14		Schools" project (IdS).
15	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
16		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
17		be enabled by compiling with:
18		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
19		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
20		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
21	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
22		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
23	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
24		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
25		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
26		Colby College.
27	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
28		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
29	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
30		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
31		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
32		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
33	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
34		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
35		NxNetworks, Inc.
36	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
37		client name.
38	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
39		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
40		the Universitat Regensburg.
41	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
42		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
43		University of Arizona.
44	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
45		of Collective Technologies.
46	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
47		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
48		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
49		Engineering.
50	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
51		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
52		Meteorological Institute.
53	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
54		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
55	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
56		Meteorological Institute.
57	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
58		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
59		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
60		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
61	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
62		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
63		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
64	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
65		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
66		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
67	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
68		overall connections, not the number of connections per
69		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
70		counting.
71	Portability:
72		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
73			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
74			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
75		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
76			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
77		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
78			Rosenman.
79		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
80			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
81		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
82			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
83			of Pacific Access.
84		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
85			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
86		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
87			Microsystems.
88	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
89		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
90		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
91	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
92		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 
93	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
94		implicitly assume canonical host names.
95	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
96		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
97	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
98		Virginia Tech.
99	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
100		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
101		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
102	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
103	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
104		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
105		gmbh.
106	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
107		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
108	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
109		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
110		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 
111		of Kyoto University.
112	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
113		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
114		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
115		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
116		version.
117	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
118		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
119		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
120	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
121	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
122		or *-owner.
123	New Files:
124		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
125		contrib/buildvirtuser
126		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
127
1288.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
129	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
130		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
131	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
132		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
133		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
134		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
135		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
136	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
137		wildcards.
138	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
139		process may close the connection before the child process
140		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
141		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
142		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
143	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
144		read the LDAP secret from a file.
145	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
146		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
147		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
148		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
149	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
150		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
151		of EarthLink.
152	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
153	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
154		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
155		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
156	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
157		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
158	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
159		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
160		Fournier of Acadia University.
161	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
162		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
163		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
164		one of the others may be able to take over.
165	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
166		previous load average query result.
167	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
168		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
169		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
170		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
171	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
172		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
173	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
174		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
175		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
176	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
177		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
178	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
179		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
180		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
181	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
182		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
183	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
184		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
185		University of British Columbia.
186	Portability:
187		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
188			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
189			override the setting.  Suggested by
190			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
191		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
192			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
193			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
194		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
195			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
196			College.
197		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
198			Tom Moore of NCR.
199		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
200			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
201		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
202			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
203			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
204		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
205			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
206			Consulting.
207	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
208		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
209	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
210		errors in the MAIL address.
211	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
212		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
213	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
214		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
215	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
216		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
217		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
218		Ericsson.
219	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
220		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
221		mailer as described in cf/README.
222	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
223		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
224	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
225		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
226	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
227		sendmail.
228	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
229		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
230		Meteorological Institute.
231	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
232	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
233		dot as the only character on the line.
234	New Files:
235		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
236
2378.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
238	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
239		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
240		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
241		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
242		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
243		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
244		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
245	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
246		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
247		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
248		Systems in this category should compile with
249		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
250		system and report broken implementations to
251		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
252		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
253	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
254		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
255		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
256	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
257		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
258		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
259		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
260	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
261		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
262		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
263		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
264	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
265		random data.
266	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
267		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
268		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
269	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
270		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
271		Martin of CMU.
272	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
273		strength factor.
274	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
275		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
276		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
277		of CMU.
278	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
279		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
280		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
281	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
282		documented, unless a family is specified in a
283		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
284		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
285		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
286		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
287		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
288		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
289	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
290		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
291		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
292		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
293		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
294		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
295	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
296		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
297		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
298		of Sun Microsystems.
299	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
300		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
301		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
302		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
303		the incoming information in the queue file for later
304		delivery attempts.
305	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
306		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
307		smoe.org.
308	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
309		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
310		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
311	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
312		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
313	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
314		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
315		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
316		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
317	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
318		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
319		Hedeland of Ericsson.
320	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
321		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
322		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
323		of Northern Illinois University.
324	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
325		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
326	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
327		to kilobyte units.
328	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
329		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
330		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
331		Polytechnic.
332	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
333		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
334		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
335		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
336	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
337		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
338		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
339	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
340		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
341	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
342		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
343		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
344	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
345		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
346		G. Thomas Consulting.
347	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
348		port number (113).
349	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
350		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
351	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
352		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
353		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
354	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
355		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
356		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
357		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
358	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
359		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
360		University of Mainz.
361	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
362		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
363	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
364		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
365	Portability:
366		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
367			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
368			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
369		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
370		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
371			work properly causing problems if the accept()
372			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
373			from Tom Moore of NCR.
374		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
375			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
376		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
377			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
378			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
379			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
380			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
381	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
382		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
383	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
384		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
385		confCACERT			CACERTFile
386		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
387		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
388		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
389		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
390		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
391		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
392	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
393		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
394		cf/README for more information.
395	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
396	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
397		called due to a STARTTLS command.
398	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
399		instead of temporary.
400	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
401		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
402		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
403		Consulting.
404	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
405		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
406		RootsWeb.com.
407	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
408		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
409		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
410		University of Maryland.
411	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
412		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
413	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
414		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
415		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
416		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
417		of the University of Alberta.
418	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
419		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
420	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
421	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
422		of X.509 certificates.
423	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
424		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
425		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
426		Universitat Regensburg.
427	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
428		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
429	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
430		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
431	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
432		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
433	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
434		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
435		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
436	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
437		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
438	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
439		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
440		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
441		University.
442	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
443	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
444		links.
445	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
446		reported.
447	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
448		Denman Tire Corporation.
449	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
450		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
451	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
452	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
453		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
454	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
455		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
456	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
457		have a From line.
458	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
459		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
460	Added Files:
461		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
462		contrib/cidrexpand
463		contrib/link_hash.sh
464		contrib/movemail.conf
465		contrib/movemail.pl
466		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
467		test/t_snprintf.c
468
4698.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
470	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
471		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
472		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
473		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
474		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
475	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
476		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
477	Added Files:
478		test/t_setuid.c
479
4808.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
481	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
482		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
483		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
484		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
485		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
486		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
487	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
488		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
489	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
490	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
491		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
492		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
493	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
494		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
495		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
496	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
497		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
498	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
499	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
500		or higher.
501	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
502		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
503	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
504	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
505		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
506		Polytechnic Institute.
507	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
508		discards the message.
509	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
510		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
511		attempted to the alias.
512	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
513		flag options.
514	Portability:
515		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
516			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
517			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
518			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
519			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
520		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
521			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
522		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
523			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
524		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
525		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
526			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
527		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
528			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
529			Services, LLC.
530		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
531			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
532			Courtesan Consulting.
533		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
534			Siemens Business Services.
535	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
536		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
537		of WSRCC.
538	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
539	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
540		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
541	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
542		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
543	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
544	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
545		of NEC.
546	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
547		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
548	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
549		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
550		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
551		Virginia Tech.
552	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
553		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
554		University.
555	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
556		for other internal projects but included in the open source
557		release.
558	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
559		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
560		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
561		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
562	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
563		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
564		Sendmail.
565	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
566		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
567		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
568	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
569		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
570	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
571		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
572		Northern Illinois University.
573	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
574		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
575		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
576		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
577	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
578		Polytechnique de Montreal.
579	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
580		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
581		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
582	Added Files:
583		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
584		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
585	Deleted Files:
586		contrib/converting.sun.configs
587	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
588		doc/intro
589		doc/usenix
590		doc/changes
591
5928.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
593	    *************************************************************
594	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
595	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.  *
596	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering     *
597	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment   *
598	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and      *
599	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died *
600	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a  *
601	    * coach, and a friend.                                      *
602	    *                                                           *
603	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,   *
604	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
605	    * Julie, we miss you!                                       *
606	    *************************************************************
607	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
608		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
609		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
610		symbolic link target.
611	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
612		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
613		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
614	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
615		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
616		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
617		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
618		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
619		version of sendmail.
620	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
621		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
622		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
623		(IdS).
624	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
625		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
626	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
627		for easier code sharing among the programs.
628	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
629		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
630		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
631		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
632		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
633		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
634	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
635		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
636		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
637		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
638	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
639		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
640		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
641	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
642		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
643		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
644	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
645		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
646		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
647		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
648		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
649		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
650	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
651		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
652		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
653	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
654		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
655		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
656		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
657		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
658		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
659	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
660		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
661		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
662		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
663	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
664		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
665		accordingly.
666	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
667		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
668		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
669		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
670		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
671		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
672		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
673	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
674		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
675		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
676		InCert Software.
677	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
678		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
679		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
680	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
681		a control socket request.
682	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
683		settings:
684		Timeout.resolver.retrans
685			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
686			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
687			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
688		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
689			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
690			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
691		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
692			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
693			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
694			delivery attempt.
695		Timeout.resolver.retry
696			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
697			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
698			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
699		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
700			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
701			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
702		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
703			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
704			query for all resolver lookups except the first
705			delivery attempt.
706		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
707	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
708		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
709		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
710		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
711		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
712		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
713		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
714		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
715		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
716		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
717	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
718		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
719		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
720		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
721		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
722		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
723		Telecommunications Ltd.
724	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
725		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
726		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
727		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
728		Inc.
729	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
730		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
731		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
732	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
733		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
734	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
735		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
736		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
737	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
738		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
739	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
740	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
741		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
742		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
743	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
744		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
745		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
746	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
747		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
748		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
749		Ltd.
750	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
751		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
752		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
753		example mailer might be:
754			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
755				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
756				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
757		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
758	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
759		instead.
760	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
761		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
762		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
763		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
764	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
765		flags.
766	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
767		body of the original message on delivery status
768		notifications.
769	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
770		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
771	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
772		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
773		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
774	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
775		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
776		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
777	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
778		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
779		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
780		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
781	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
782		Conwell of Boston University.
783	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
784		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
785	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
786		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
787		@Home Network.
788	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
789		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
790		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
791	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
792		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
793		similar to check_rcpt etc.
794	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
795		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
796		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
797		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
798		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
799	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
800		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
801		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
802	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
803		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
804		Mathias Herberts.
805	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
806		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
807		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
808		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
809		in check_compat).
810	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
811		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
812		option.
813	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
814	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
815		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
816	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
817		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
818	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
819	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
820		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
821	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
822		is set.
823	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
824		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
825	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
826		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
827		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
828	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
829	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
830	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
831		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
832		a denial-of-service attack.
833	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
834		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
835		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
836		overflow attacks.
837	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
838		alias recursion.
839	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
840	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
841	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
842		directly before the newline.
843	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
844		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
845		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
846		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
847		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
848		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
849		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
850		could not be opened.
851	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
852		value of this option is macro expanded.
853	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
854		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
855	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
856		(along with the already existing macros):
857		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
858		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
859		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
860		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
861		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
862		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
863		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
864	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
865		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
866		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
867		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
868		loopback net.
869	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
870		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
871		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
872	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
873		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
874		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
875		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
876		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
877	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
878		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
879		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
880		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
881		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
882	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
883		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
884		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
885		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
886	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
887		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
888		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
889		Ericsson.
890	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
891		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
892		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
893		of Ericsson.
894	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
895		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
896		of Renaissance Internet Services.
897	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
898		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
899		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
900	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
901		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
902		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
903		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
904	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
905		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
906	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
907		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
908	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
909		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
910		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
911	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
912	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
913		equate name.
914	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
915		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
916	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
917		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
918	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
919		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
920		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
921		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
922		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
923		David Cooley of Colby College.
924	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
925		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
926		already decided the message will be passed to another host
927		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
928		Buckeridge Young Limited.
929	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
930		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
931		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
932		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
933		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
934		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
935		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
936		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
937		of Stanford University.
938	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
939		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
940	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
941		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
942		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
943		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
944		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
945		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
946		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
947	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
948		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
949		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
950		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
951	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
952	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
953		attributes found in the match will be returned.
954	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
955		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
956		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
957		comma separated key and value strings.
958	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
959		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
960		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
961		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
962		a single connection to that host.
963	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
964	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
965		LDAP lookups.
966	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
967		resources.
968	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
969	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
970	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
971		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
972		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
973		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
974		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
975		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
976		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
977		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
978		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
979		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
980		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
981		with the name "*".
982	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
983		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
984		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
985		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
986		matches to return.
987	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
988		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
989		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
990		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
991		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
992		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
993		are defined.
994	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
995		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
996		Tech.
997	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
998		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
999		important if you have large classes.
1000	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
1001		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
1002		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1003	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
1004		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
1005		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
1006		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
1007		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
1008		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
1009	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
1010		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
1011		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
1012		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
1013		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
1014		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
1015		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
1016		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
1017	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
1018		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
1019		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
1020		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
1021		has no effect.
1022	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
1023		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1024	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
1025		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1026	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
1027		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
1028	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
1029		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
1030	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
1031		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
1032		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
1033		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
1034		connection-based denial of service attacks.
1035	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
1036		10 or higher.
1037	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
1038		information (from= syslog line).
1039	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
1040		equate (dsn=).
1041	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
1042	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets.  More
1043		information is available at
1044		http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/.  Contributed by Mark
1045		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1046	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
1047		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1048		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1049	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
1050		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1051	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
1052		the program as the default user and the default group, not
1053		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
1054		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
1055		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
1056		Popovici of DNT Romania.
1057	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
1058		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
1059		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
1060	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
1061		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
1062		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
1063	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
1064		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
1065		helpful to know the sender of the message.
1066	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
1067		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1068	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
1069		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
1070		multiple files.
1071	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
1072		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
1073		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
1074		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
1075		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
1076		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
1077		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
1078		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
1079		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
1080	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
1081		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
1082	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
1083		length before the attempt.
1084	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
1085		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
1086		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
1087		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
1088		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
1089	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
1090		host status files, not all files.
1091	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
1092		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
1093		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
1094		Wonderworks Inc.
1095	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
1096		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
1097		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
1098		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
1099		of Hannover.
1100	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
1101		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
1102		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
1103		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
1104		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
1105		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
1106	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
1107		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
1108		flag:
1109			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
1110		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
1111		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
1112		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
1113	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
1114		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
1115		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
1116		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
1117		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
1118		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
1119		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
1120	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
1121		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
1122		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
1123		version.
1124	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
1125	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
1126	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
1127		if referencing a named ruleset.
1128	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
1129		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
1130	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
1131		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
1132		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
1133		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
1134		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
1135		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
1136		the University of Maryland.
1137	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
1138		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
1139	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
1140		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
1141	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
1142		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
1143		COMMANDS).
1144	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
1145		but for outgoing connections.
1146	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
1147		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
1148			a	require authentication
1149			b	bind to interface through which mail has
1150				been received
1151			c	perform hostname canonification
1152			f	require fully qualified hostname
1153			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
1154				command
1155			C	don't perform hostname canonification
1156			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
1157	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
1158			h	use name of interface for HELO command
1159	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
1160	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
1161		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
1162		Institutes of Health.
1163	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
1164		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
1165	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
1166	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
1167		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1168	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
1169	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
1170		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
1171	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
1172		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
1173	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
1174		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
1175		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1176	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
1177		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
1178		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
1179	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
1180	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
1181		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
1182		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
1183	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
1184		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
1185		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
1186		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
1187		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1188	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
1189		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
1190		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
1191		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
1192		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
1193		timeout.
1194	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
1195		interface address structure when loading the system network
1196		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
1197		Nanoteq.
1198	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
1199		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
1200		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
1201		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
1202		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
1203	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
1204		on load average.
1205	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1206		Northern Illinois University.
1207	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
1208		envelope splitting has occurred.
1209	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
1210		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
1211	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
1212	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
1213		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
1214		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1215		Institute.
1216	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
1217		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
1218		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
1219	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
1220		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
1221		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
1222		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1223	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
1224		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1225	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
1226		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1227	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
1228		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
1229	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
1230		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1231	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
1232		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
1233		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
1234		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1235	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
1236		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
1237	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
1238		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1239	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
1240		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
1241		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1242		University.
1243	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
1244		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
1245		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
1246	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
1247		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
1248		ruleset lines as well.
1249	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
1250		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
1251		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
1252		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1253		Institute.
1254	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
1255		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
1256		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
1257	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
1258		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
1259		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
1260		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
1261	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
1262		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
1263		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
1264		of Ericsson.
1265	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
1266		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
1267		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
1268		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1269	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
1270		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
1271		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
1272		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
1273		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
1274	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
1275		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
1276		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
1277		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
1278	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
1279		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
1280		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1281		University.
1282	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
1283		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
1284		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
1285		'sendmail -bs'.
1286	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
1287		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
1288		them in the .cf file.
1289	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
1290		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
1291		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
1292		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
1293	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
1294		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
1295	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
1296		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
1297		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
1298	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
1299		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
1300		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
1301		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
1302		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
1303	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
1304		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
1305	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
1306		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
1307		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
1308	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
1309		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
1310	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
1311		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
1312		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
1313	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
1314		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
1315		Hedeland of Ericsson.
1316	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
1317		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
1318		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
1319		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1320	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
1321		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
1322		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
1323		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
1324		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
1325		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1326	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
1327		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
1328		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
1329		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
1330		don't fail on ANY queries.
1331	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
1332		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
1333		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1334		Northern Illinois University.
1335	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
1336		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
1337		State University.
1338	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
1339		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1340		Northern Illinois University.
1341	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
1342		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
1343	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
1344	Portability:
1345		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
1346			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
1347			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
1348			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
1349			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1350		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
1351			This allows network interface probing to work
1352			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
1353			University of Iowa.
1354		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
1355		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
1356			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
1357			name.
1358		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
1359		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
1360			Virginia Tech.
1361		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
1362		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
1363			Amsterdam.
1364		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
1365		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
1366			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
1367		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
1368			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
1369			in building the operating system.  Users can
1370			override the defaults by setting confCC and
1371			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
1372		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
1373		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
1374		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
1375			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
1376		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
1377			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
1378		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
1379			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
1380		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
1381			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
1382		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
1383			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
1384		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
1385			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
1386			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
1387		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
1388		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
1389			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
1390			use that value in conf.h.
1391		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
1392			BITart Consulting.
1393		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
1394			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
1395			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
1396			Computer, Inc.
1397		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
1398			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
1399			of E I A.
1400		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
1401			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
1402		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
1403			fchown(2).
1404		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
1405			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
1406		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
1407			srandomdev(3).
1408		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
1409			setlogin(2).
1410		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
1411			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
1412			Siemens Business Services.
1413		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
1414			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
1415			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
1416		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
1417			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
1418		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
1419			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
1420			Aerospace.
1421		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
1422			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
1423			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
1424		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
1425			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
1426			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
1427			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
1428			University.
1429		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
1430			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
1431			Technology Information Network.
1432		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
1433			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
1434		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
1435		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
1436			and OpenBSD.
1437		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
1438			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
1439			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
1440			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1441	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
1442		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
1443		details.
1444	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
1445		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
1446	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
1447	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
1448		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
1449		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
1450	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-setuid root.  This
1451		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
1452		Courtesan Consulting.
1453	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
1454	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
1455		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
1456		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
1457	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
1458		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
1459		multiple times.
1460	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
1461		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
1462		with From:).
1463	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
1464		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
1465	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
1466		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
1467		new functionality.
1468	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
1469		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
1470		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
1471		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
1472		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
1473		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
1474		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
1475		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
1476		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
1477		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
1478		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
1479		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
1480		confPID_FILE			PidFile
1481		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
1482		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
1483		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
1484		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
1485		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
1486		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
1487		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
1488		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
1489		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
1490		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
1491		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
1492	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
1493		which takes the options as argument and can be used
1494		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1495	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
1496		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
1497		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
1498		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
1499		to "IPC $h".
1500	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
1501		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
1502		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
1503	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
1504		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
1505		value should be changed with care.
1506	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
1507		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
1508	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
1509		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
1510		complain.
1511	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
1512		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
1513		of Q7 Enterprises.
1514	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
1515		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
1516		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
1517		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
1518	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
1519		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
1520		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
1521		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
1522		of Northern Illinois University.
1523	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
1524		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
1525		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
1526	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
1527		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
1528		in it.
1529	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
1530		in class 'P' ($=P).
1531	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
1532		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
1533		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
1534		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
1535		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
1536		is added.
1537	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
1538		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
1539	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
1540		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
1541	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
1542		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
1543	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
1544		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
1545	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
1546		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
1547	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
1548		Hubert of University of Washington.
1549	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
1550		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
1551		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
1552	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
1553	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
1554		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
1555		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
1556	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
1557		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
1558		Services.
1559	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
1560		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
1561		Aerospace.
1562	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
1563		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
1564		University and Brian Candler.
1565	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
1566		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1567	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
1568		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1569		Institute.
1570	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
1571		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
1572	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
1573		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
1574		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
1575	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
1576		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
1577	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
1578		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
1579		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1580	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
1581		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
1582		Willamette Industries, Inc.
1583	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
1584		converted to <user@d>
1585	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
1586		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
1587	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
1588		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
1589		performed.
1590	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
1591		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
1592		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1593		Institute.
1594	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
1595		be accessed by their numbers).
1596	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
1597		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
1598		of an address.
1599	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
1600		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
1601		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
1602		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
1603	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
1604		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
1605		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
1606	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
1607		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
1608	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
1609	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
1610		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1611		Institute.
1612	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
1613	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
1614		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
1615		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
1616		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
1617	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
1618		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
1619		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
1620	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
1621		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
1622	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
1623		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1624	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
1625		University of California at Berkeley.
1626	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
1627		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1628	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
1629		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
1630	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
1631		Corporation UK.
1632	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
1633	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
1634		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
1635		Yale University.
1636	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
1637		be used for building.
1638	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
1639		used for a fresh build.
1640	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
1641	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
1642		ranlib.
1643	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
1644		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
1645	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
1646		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
1647		Costales.
1648	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
1649		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
1650		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
1651		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1652	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
1653		of Siemens Business Services.
1654	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
1655		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
1656		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
1657		torek.
1658	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
1659		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
1660		They should contain the C source files for the object files
1661		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
1662		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
1663	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
1664		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
1665		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
1666		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
1667		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
1668	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
1669		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
1670		are in devtools/README.
1671	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
1672		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1673	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
1674		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
1675		new variable which identifies the root of the source
1676		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
1677	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
1678		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
1679		macro.
1680	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
1681	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
1682		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
1683		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
1684		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
1685		Corporation.
1686	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
1687		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
1688		confMANROOTMAN.
1689	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
1690		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
1691		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
1692	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
1693		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
1694		Communications.
1695	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
1696		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
1697	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
1698		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
1699		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
1700	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
1701		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
1702		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
1703	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
1704		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
1705		install-strip target.
1706	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
1707		the others (if it exists).
1708	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
1709		then the default ones.
1710	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed setuid root.  To use mail.local
1711		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
1712		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
1713		to set the S flag.
1714	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
1715		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
1716		Northern Illinois University.
1717	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
1718		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
1719		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1720	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
1721		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
1722		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1723		University.
1724	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
1725		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
1726		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1727		University.
1728	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
1729		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
1730		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
1731		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
1732		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
1733		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
1734		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1735		University.
1736	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
1737		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
1738		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1739	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
1740		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
1741		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
1742		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
1743		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
1744		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
1745		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
1746		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
1747		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
1748		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
1749		Alcatel Australia Limited.
1750	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
1751		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
1752		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1753	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
1754		timeout to avoid starvation.
1755	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
1756		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
1757		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
1758	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
1759	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
1760		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
1761		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
1762		of Maryland.
1763	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
1764		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
1765		sendmail configuration file.
1766	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
1767		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
1768		option.
1769	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
1770		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
1771	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
1772		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
1773	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
1774		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
1775	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
1776		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
1777	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
1778		Corporation UK.
1779	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
1780		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
1781		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
1782		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1783	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
1784		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
1785		Institute for Global Communications.
1786	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
1787		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
1788		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1789	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
1790		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
1791		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1792	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
1793		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
1794		of the Institute for Global Communications.
1795	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
1796		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
1797	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
1798	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
1799		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
1800	Changed Files:
1801		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
1802			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
1803			which execute the actual Build script in
1804			devtools/bin.
1805		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
1806			-mandoc as they were previously.
1807		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
1808			of Build will work (unless parameters are
1809			required for Build).
1810	New Directories:
1811		devtools/M4/UNIX
1812		include
1813		libmilter
1814		libsmdb
1815		libsmutil
1816		vacation
1817	Renamed Directories:
1818		BuildTools => devtools
1819		src => sendmail
1820	Deleted Files:
1821		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
1822		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
1823		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
1824		devtools/OS/SINIX
1825		sendmail/ldap_map.h
1826	New Files:
1827		INSTALL
1828		PGPKEYS
1829		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
1830		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
1831		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
1832		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
1833		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
1834		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
1835		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
1836		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
1837		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
1838		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
1839		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
1840		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
1841		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
1842		contrib/domainmap.m4
1843		contrib/qtool.8
1844		contrib/qtool.pl
1845		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
1846		devtools/M4/list.m4
1847		devtools/M4/string.m4
1848		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
1849		devtools/M4/switch.m4
1850		devtools/OS/Darwin
1851		devtools/OS/GNU
1852		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
1853		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
1854		devtools/OS/m88k
1855		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
1856		mail.local/Makefile
1857		mailstats/Makefile
1858		makemap/Makefile
1859		praliases/Makefile
1860		rmail/Makefile
1861		sendmail/Makefile
1862		sendmail/bf.h
1863		sendmail/bf_portable.c
1864		sendmail/bf_portable.h
1865		sendmail/bf_torek.c
1866		sendmail/bf_torek.h
1867		sendmail/shmticklib.c
1868		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
1869		sendmail/timers.c
1870		sendmail/timers.h
1871		smrsh/Makefile
1872		vacation/Makefile
1873	Renamed Files:
1874		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
1875		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
1876		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
1877		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
1878		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
1879		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
1880		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
1881		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
1882		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
1883	Copied Files:
1884		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
1885
18868.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
1887	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
1888		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
1889		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
1890		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
1891		Schools" project (IdS).
1892	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
1893		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
1894		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
1895		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1896	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
1897		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
1898		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
1899		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
1900	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
1901		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
1902		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
1903		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1904	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
1905		ExecPC Internet Systems.
1906	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
1907		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
1908		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
1909		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
1910		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
1911		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
1912	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
1913		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
1914		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
1915		Hedeland of Ericsson.
1916	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
1917		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
1918		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
1919		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
1920	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
1921		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
1922	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
1923		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
1924		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
1925		group of the IETF.
1926	Portability:
1927		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
1928			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
1929			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
1930			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
1931			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
1932			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
1933			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
1934			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
1935			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
1936			Technical University of Denmark.
1937		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
1938			Supercomputer Center.
1939		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
1940			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
1941			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
1942			of Stanford University.
1943		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
1944			between different releases.  Back out the
1945			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
1946			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
1947			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
1948			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
1949		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
1950			of Siemens/SNI.
1951		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1952	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
1953		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
1954		University of Brno.
1955	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
1956		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
1957		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1958	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
1959		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
1960		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1961	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
1962		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
1963	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
1964		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
1965		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1966	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
1967		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
1968		MIDS Europe.
1969	New Files:
1970		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1971		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
1972		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
1973
19748.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
1975	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
1976		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
1977		for a denial of service attack.
1978	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
1979		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
1980	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
1981		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
1982		Corporation UK.
1983	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
1984		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
1985	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
1986		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
1987	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
1988		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
1989		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
1990		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
1991		Internet Services.
1992	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
1993		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
1994		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
1995		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
1996	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
1997		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
1998		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
1999	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
2000		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2001	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
2002		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
2003		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
2004	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
2005		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2006		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2007	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
2008		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
2009		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
2010		Internet Services.
2011	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
2012		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
2013		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
2014	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
2015		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
2016		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
2017		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
2018		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
2019		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
2020		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
2021		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
2022		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
2023		extended testing.
2024	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
2025		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
2026	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
2027		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
2028		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
2029		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2030	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
2031		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
2032		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
2033		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2034		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
2035	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
2036		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
2037		Network.
2038	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
2039		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
2040	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
2041		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
2042		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
2043		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
2044		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2045	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
2046		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
2047		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
2048	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
2049		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
2050	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
2051		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
2052		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
2053		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
2054		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2055	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
2056		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2057		Meteorological Institute.
2058	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
2059	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
2060		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
2061	Portability:
2062		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2063		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
2064			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
2065			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
2066		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
2067			reading network interface addresses into
2068			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
2069			Cal State University, Chico.
2070		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
2071			from changing the semantics of the compiled
2072			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
2073			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
2074		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
2075			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
2076		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
2077		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
2078			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
2079		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
2080		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
2081			of Sun Microsystems.
2082		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
2083			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2084		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
2085			of Bits Co., Ltd.
2086		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
2087			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2088		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
2089			of E I A.
2090		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
2091			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
2092			Information Center.
2093		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
2094			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2095			Institute.
2096		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
2097			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
2098	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
2099		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
2100		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2101	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
2102		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
2103		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
2104		Manawatu Internet Services.
2105	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
2106		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
2107		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
2108		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
2109		of Northern Illinois University.
2110	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
2111		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
2112		Kiel.
2113	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
2114		Dot Com.
2115	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
2116		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
2117		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2118	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
2119		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
2120		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
2121		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
2122		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
2123		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2124	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
2125		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
2126	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
2127		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2128	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
2129		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2130	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
2131		the envelope From header.
2132	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
2133		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
2134	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
2135		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
2136	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
2137		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
2138		Portal Services, Inc.
2139	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
2140		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
2141		Sun Microsystems.
2142	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
2143	New Files:
2144		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
2145		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
2146		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
2147		contrib/smcontrol.pl
2148		src/control.c
2149
21508.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
2151	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
2152		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
2153		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
2154		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
2155	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
2156		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
2157		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2158		Meteorological Institute.
2159	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
2160		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
2161		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2162	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
2163		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
2164		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
2165		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
2166	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
2167		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
2168	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
2169		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
2170	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
2171		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
2172		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
2173	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
2174		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
2175		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
2176		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
2177	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
2178		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
2179		Flextech TV.
2180	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
2181		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
2182		DaveLtd Enterprises.
2183	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
2184		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
2185		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
2186		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
2187	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
2188		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
2189	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
2190		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
2191	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
2192		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
2193		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
2194	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
2195		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
2196		University.
2197	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
2198		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
2199		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
2200		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
2201		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
2202		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
2203	Portability:
2204		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
2205			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
2206			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
2207			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
2208		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
2209			of BSDI.
2210		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
2211			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
2212			PICT Inc.
2213		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
2214			J. P. McCann of E I A.
2215		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
2216			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
2217	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
2218		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
2219		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
2220		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2221	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
2222		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
2223		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
2224	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
2225		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
2226		would not accept @@hostname.
2227	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
2228		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
2229	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
2230		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
2231		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2232	New Files:
2233		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
2234
22358.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
2236	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
2237		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
2238		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
2239		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
2240		which need the ability to override security can use the
2241		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
2242		information.
2243	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
2244		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
2245		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
2246		world writable directories.
2247	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
2248		it is in a world writable directory.
2249	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
2250		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
2251		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
2252		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
2253		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
2254	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
2255		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
2256		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
2257	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
2258		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
2259		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
2260		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
2261		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
2262		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
2263		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
2264		default.
2265	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-setuid binaries
2266		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
2267		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
2268		the University of Maryland.
2269	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
2270		of Cal State University, Chico.
2271	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
2272		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
2273		current version of Berkeley DB.
2274	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
2275		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2276	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
2277		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
2278		of Maryland.
2279	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
2280		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
2281		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
2282		Microsystems.
2283	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
2284		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
2285		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
2286		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
2287	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
2288		mail.local on the F=z flag.
2289	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
2290		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
2291		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
2292		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
2293	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
2294		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
2295		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
2296		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
2297		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
2298	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
2299		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
2300		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
2301		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2302	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
2303		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
2304		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
2305	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
2306		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
2307		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
2308	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
2309		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
2310		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
2311		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
2312		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
2313		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
2314		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
2315		relaying entirely.
2316	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
2317		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
2318		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
2319		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
2320	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
2321		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
2322		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
2323		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2324	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
2325		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
2326		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
2327		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
2328		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2329	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
2330		sender for those failures.
2331	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
2332		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
2333		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
2334		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
2335		of Ericsson.
2336	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
2337		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
2338		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
2339		of Procter & Gamble.
2340	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
2341		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
2342		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
2343		of Procter & Gamble.
2344	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
2345		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
2346		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
2347		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
2348		DontBlameSendmail options are:
2349			Safe
2350			AssumeSafeChown
2351			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
2352			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
2353			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
2354			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2355			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
2356			GroupWritableAliasFile
2357			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
2358			WorldWritableAliasFile
2359			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
2360			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
2361			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
2362			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
2363			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
2364			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
2365			MapInUnsafeDirPath
2366			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
2367			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
2368			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
2369			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
2370			LinkedMapInWritableDir
2371			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
2372			FileDeliveryToHardLink
2373			FileDeliveryToSymLink
2374			WriteMapToHardLink
2375			WriteMapToSymLink
2376			WriteStatsToHardLink
2377			WriteStatsToSymLink
2378			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
2379			RunWritableProgram
2380	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
2381		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
2382		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
2383		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
2384		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
2385	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
2386		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
2387	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
2388		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
2389	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
2390	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
2391		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
2392		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
2393		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
2394		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
2395	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
2396		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
2397		contrast to the success case).
2398	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
2399		of the form:
2400			HHeader: $>Ruleset
2401		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
2402		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
2403		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
2404	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
2405		from hiding their connection information in Received:
2406		headers.
2407	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
2408		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
2409		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
2410		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
2411	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
2412		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
2413		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
2414		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
2415		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
2416		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
2417	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
2418		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
2419		remote identity can be queried.
2420	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
2421		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
2422		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
2423		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2424	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
2425		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
2426		some of the details are determined dynamically via
2427		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
2428	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
2429		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
2430		the new Build method which creates an operating system
2431		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
2432	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
2433		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
2434		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
2435		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
2436		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
2437		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2438	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
2439		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
2440		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
2441		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
2442		This means that even if only one of the recipients
2443		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
2444		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
2445	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
2446		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
2447		of CNET: The Computer Network.
2448	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
2449	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
2450		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2451	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
2452		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
2453	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
2454		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
2455		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
2456		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
2457	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
2458		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
2459		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
2460		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2461	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
2462		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
2463		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2464	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
2465		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
2466		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
2467		Institute.
2468	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
2469		mail.local.
2470	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
2471		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
2472		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
2473	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
2474		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2475		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2476	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
2477		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
2478		of InfoBeat, Inc.
2479	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
2480		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
2481	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
2482		mailstats command.
2483	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
2484		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
2485		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
2486	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
2487		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
2488		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
2489		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2490	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
2491		Ericsson.
2492	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
2493		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
2494		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
2495		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
2496	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
2497		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
2498		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
2499		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
2500		Stratus Computer, Inc.
2501	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
2502		currently supported version.
2503	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
2504		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
2505	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
2506		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
2507		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
2508		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2509	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
2510		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
2511		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
2512		message in error bounces.
2513	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
2514		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
2515		Digital Equipment Corporation.
2516	Portability:
2517		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
2518			of Kyoto University.
2519		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
2520			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
2521			Maryland.
2522		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
2523		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
2524			in Finland.
2525		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
2526			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
2527			the University of Maryland.
2528		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
2529			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
2530		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2531			Meteorological Institute.
2532		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
2533			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
2534		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
2535		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
2536		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
2537		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
2538			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
2539			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
2540			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
2541			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
2542		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
2543			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2544		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
2545			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
2546			Microsystems.
2547	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
2548	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
2549		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
2550		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2551	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
2552		directory for certain programs.
2553	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
2554		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
2555		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
2556		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
2557		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
2558	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
2559		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
2560		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
2561		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
2562	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
2563		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
2564		the user to setup different .forward files for
2565		user+detail addressing.
2566	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
2567		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
2568		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
2569	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
2570		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
2571		outside your domain).
2572	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
2573		any site to any site.
2574	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
2575		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
2576	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
2577		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
2578	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
2579		feature.  This database give you the ability to allow
2580		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
2581		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
2582		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
2583	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
2584		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
2585	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
2586		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
2587	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
2588		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
2589		host names only.
2590	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
2591		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
2592		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
2593		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
2594		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
2595		needed for most installations.
2596	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
2597		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
2598		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
2599		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
2600		the University of Maryland.
2601	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
2602		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
2603		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
2604	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
2605		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
2606		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
2607	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
2608		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
2609	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
2610		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
2611	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
2612		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
2613		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
2614		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
2615		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
2616	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
2617		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
2618		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
2619		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
2620		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
2621		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
2622		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
2623	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
2624		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
2625	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
2626		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
2627		above for more information.
2628	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
2629		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2630		Meteorological Institute.
2631	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
2632		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
2633		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
2634		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
2635		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2636	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
2637		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
2638	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
2639		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
2640		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
2641		MustQuoteChars respectively.
2642	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
2643		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
2644		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
2645		CMU (now of Netscape).
2646	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
2647		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
2648		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
2649		read mail.local/README.
2650	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
2651		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
2652		University of Maryland.
2653	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
2654		University, Chico.
2655	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2656		Meteorological Institute.
2657	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
2658		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
2659		University of Maryland.
2660	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
2661		such as linked files in world writable directories.
2662	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
2663	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
2664	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
2665		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
2666		Braunschweig.
2667	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
2668		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
2669		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2670	Changed Files:
2671		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
2672			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
2673		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
2674	New Files:
2675		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
2676		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
2677		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
2678		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
2679		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
2680		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
2681		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
2682		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
2683		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
2684		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
2685		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
2686		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
2687		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
2688		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
2689		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
2690		BuildTools/OS/QNX
2691		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
2692		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
2693		BuildTools/README
2694		BuildTools/Site/README
2695		BuildTools/bin/Build
2696		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
2697		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
2698		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
2699		Makefile
2700		cf/cf/Build
2701		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
2702		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
2703		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
2704		cf/feature/access_db.m4
2705		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
2706		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
2707		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
2708		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
2709		cf/feature/rbl.m4
2710		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
2711		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
2712		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
2713		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
2714		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
2715		contrib/doublebounce.pl
2716		mail.local/Build
2717		mail.local/Makefile.m4
2718		mail.local/README
2719		mailstats/Build
2720		mailstats/Makefile.m4
2721		makemap/Build
2722		makemap/Makefile.m4
2723		praliases/Build
2724		praliases/Makefile.m4
2725		rmail/Build
2726		rmail/Makefile.m4
2727		rmail/rmail.0
2728		smrsh/Build
2729		smrsh/Makefile.m4
2730		src/Build
2731		src/Makefile.m4
2732		src/snprintf.c
2733	Deleted Files:
2734		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
2735		mail.local/Makefile
2736		mail.local/Makefile.dist
2737		mailstats/Makefile
2738		mailstats/Makefile.dist
2739		makemap/Makefile
2740		makemap/Makefile.dist
2741		praliases/Makefile
2742		praliases/Makefile.dist
2743		rmail/Makefile
2744		smrsh/Makefile
2745		smrsh/Makefile.dist
2746		src/Makefile
2747		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
2748		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
2749			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
2750		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
2751	Renamed Files:
2752		READ_ME => README
2753		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
2754		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
2755		src/READ_ME => src/README
2756
27578.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
2758	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
2759		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2760		Meteorological Institute.
2761	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
2762		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
2763		Arseneault of SRI International.
2764	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
2765		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
2766		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2767	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
2768		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
2769	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
2770		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
2771		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
2772		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2773	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
2774		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
2775		River Systems.
2776	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
2777		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
2778		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
2779		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
2780		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
2781	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
2782		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
2783		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
2784		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
2785		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
2786	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
2787		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
2788		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
2789		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2790	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
2791	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
2792		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
2793	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
2794		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
2795		results during a single message processing (but would
2796		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
2797		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
2798	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
2799		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
2800		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2801	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
2802		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
2803		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
2804		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2805	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
2806		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
2807		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
2808		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
2809	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
2810		and the inability to save a bounce message to
2811		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
2812		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
2813		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
2814		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
2815		Associates.
2816	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
2817		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
2818		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
2819		could cause confusing error messages.
2820	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
2821		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
2822		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
2823		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
2824		SuperNet, Inc.
2825	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
2826		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
2827	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
2828		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
2829		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2830	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
2831		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
2832		dropped.
2833	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
2834		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
2835		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
2836	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
2837		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
2838		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
2839	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
2840		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2841		Institute.
2842	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
2843		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
2844		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
2845		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
2846	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
2847		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
2848		RUS University of Stuttgart.
2849	Minor lint fixes.
2850	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
2851		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
2852		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
2853		of Stanford University.
2854	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
2855		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
2856		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
2857	Portability:
2858		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
2859			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
2860			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
2861			Electronic Data Systems.
2862		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
2863			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
2864		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
2865		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
2866			loader environment variables into the loader memory
2867			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
2868			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
2869			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
2870			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
2871			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
2872		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
2873			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
2874			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
2875			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
2876		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
2877			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
2878		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
2879			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
2880		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
2881			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
2882			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
2883			Services.
2884		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
2885			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
2886		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
2887			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
2888			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
2889		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
2890			Services VAS.
2891	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
2892	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
2893	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
2894			Ericsson.
2895
28968.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
2897	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
2898		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
2899		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
2900		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
2901		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
2902		GmbH.
2903	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
2904		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
2905		of Technology, Stockholm.
2906	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
2907		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
2908		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
2909		that these routines are included as though they were in the
2910		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
2911	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
2912		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
2913		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
2914		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
2915	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
2916		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
2917		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
2918		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
2919	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
2920		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
2921		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
2922		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
2923	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
2924	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
2925		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
2926		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
2927	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
2928		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
2929		have to assume that the information is good.
2930	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
2931		open or locked.
2932	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
2933	Better handling of non-setuid binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
2934		errors during testing.
2935	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
2936		printed in the error message.
2937	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
2938		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
2939	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
2940		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
2941		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
2942	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
2943		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
2944		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
2945	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
2946		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
2947		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
2948		runner runs during a critical section in another message
2949		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
2950		Results Computing.
2951	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
2952		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
2953		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
2954		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
2955		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
2956	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
2957		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
2958		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
2959		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
2960		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
2961		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
2962		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
2963		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
2964		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
2965		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
2966		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
2967		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
2968		simultaneously.
2969	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
2970		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
2971	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
2972		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
2973		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2974	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
2975		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
2976		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
2977		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
2978	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
2979		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
2980		CSU Chico.
2981	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
2982		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
2983		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
2984		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
2985	Portability:
2986		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
2987			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
2988			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
2989			be used instead.
2990		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
2991			of Argonne National Laboratory.
2992		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
2993		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
2994		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
2995			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
2996		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
2997			in Makefiles.
2998		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
2999			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
3000		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
3001			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
3002			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
3003			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
3004			NCR Corp.
3005		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
3006			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
3007		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
3008			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
3009			Resource Network
3010		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
3011			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
3012			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
3013			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
3014			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
3015			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
3016		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
3017			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
3018			Corp.
3019		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
3020			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
3021			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
3022		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
3023			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
3024		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
3025			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
3026			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
3027			PlainTalk.
3028	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
3029		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
3030		by Harry Styron.
3031	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
3032		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
3033	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
3034	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
3035		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
3036		changed after open".
3037	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
3038		files.
3039	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
3040	NEW FILES:
3041		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
3042		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
3043		test/t_exclopen.c
3044		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
3045	DELETED FILES:
3046		Makefile
3047
30488.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
3049	    *************************************************************
3050	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
3051	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
3052	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
3053	    * continued sendmail development.				*
3054	    *************************************************************
3055	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
3056		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
3057		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
3058		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
3059		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
3060		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
3061		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
3062		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
3063		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
3064		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
3065		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
3066		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
3067		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
3068		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
3069		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
3070		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
3071	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
3072		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
3073		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
3074		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
3075		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
3076		another database; this can be used either to expose
3077		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
3078		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
3079		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
3080		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
3081		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
3082		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
3083		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
3084		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
3085		system directories.
3086	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
3087		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
3088		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
3089		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
3090		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
3091		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
3092		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
3093	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
3094		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
3095		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
3096		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
3097		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
3098		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
3099		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
3100		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
3101		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
3102		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
3103		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
3104		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
3105		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
3106		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
3107		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
3108		NFS-mounted filesystems.
3109	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
3110		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
3111		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
3112		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
3113		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
3114		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
3115	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
3116		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
3117		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
3118	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
3119		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
3120		same host).
3121	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
3122		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
3123		from Theo de Raadt.
3124	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
3125		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
3126		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3127	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
3128		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
3129		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
3130	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
3131		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
3132		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3133	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
3134		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
3135		Microsystems.
3136	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
3137		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
3138		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3139	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
3140		too large) don't send the bogus message.
3141	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
3142		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
3143		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3144	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
3145		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
3146		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
3147	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
3148		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
3149		Shapiro.
3150	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
3151		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
3152		Sun Microsystems.
3153	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
3154		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
3155		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
3156		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
3157		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
3158		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
3159	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
3160		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
3161		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
3162		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
3163		Mercury Mail.
3164	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
3165		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
3166		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
3167		Morgan Stanley.
3168	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
3169		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
3170		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
3171		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
3172	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
3173		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
3174		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
3175		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
3176		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
3177		not be run.
3178	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
3179		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
3180		printing.
3181	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
3182		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
3183		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3184	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
3185		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
3186	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
3187	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
3188		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
3189		erroneous results during a single message processing
3190		(but would recover when the next message was received).
3191	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
3192		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
3193		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
3194		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
3195		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
3196		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
3197		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
3198	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
3199		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
3200		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
3201		address as "may be forged".
3202	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
3203		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
3204		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
3205	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
3206		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
3207		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
3208		of TwinCom.
3209	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
3210		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
3211		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
3212		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
3213	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
3214		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
3215		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
3216	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
3217		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3218		Institute.
3219	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
3220		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
3221		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
3222		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
3223		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
3224		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
3225		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
3226		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
3227	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
3228		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
3229		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
3230		book (2nd edition).
3231	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
3232		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
3233		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
3234		John Beck of SunSoft.
3235	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
3236		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
3237		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
3238	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
3239		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
3240	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
3241		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
3242	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
3243		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
3244	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
3245		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
3246		returns.
3247	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
3248		on some architectures.
3249	Portability:
3250		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
3251		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
3252			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
3253			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
3254			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
3255			of Washington.
3256		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
3257			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
3258			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3259		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
3260		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
3261		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
3262		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
3263			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
3264			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
3265			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3266		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
3267		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
3268			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
3269			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
3270			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
3271			Cambridge.
3272		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
3273			Kari Hurtta.
3274		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
3275			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
3276			IRIX Makefile).
3277		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
3278			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3279	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
3280		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
3281		Brian Candler.
3282	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
3283		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
3284		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3285	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
3286		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
3287		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3288	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
3289		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
3290		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3291	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
3292		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
3293		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3294	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
3295		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
3296		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
3297	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
3298		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
3299		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
3300		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
3301		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3302	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
3303		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
3304		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
3305		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
3306	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
3307		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
3308		was specified, even when it wasn't.
3309	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
3310	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
3311		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
3312		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
3313		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
3314		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
3315	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
3316		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
3317		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
3318		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
3319		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
3320		developers).
3321	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
3322		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
3323		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3324	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
3325		symbolic links; although makemap is not setuid root, it is
3326		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
3327		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
3328	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
3329		NEXTSTEP.
3330	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
3331		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
3332		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
3333		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
3334		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3335	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
3336		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
3337		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
3338		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
3339		for system accounts.
3340	NEW FILES:
3341		src/safefile.c
3342		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
3343		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
3344		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
3345		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
3346		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
3347	RENAMED FILES:
3348		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
3349		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
3350
33518.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
3352	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
3353		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
3354		even if RunAsUser is specified.
3355	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
3356		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
3357		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3358	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
3359		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
3360		University of Pennsylvania.
3361	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
3362		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
3363		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
3364		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
3365		was unnecessarily awful.
3366	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
3367		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
3368		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
3369	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
3370		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
3371		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
3372		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
3373		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
3374		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3375	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
3376		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3377	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
3378		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
3379		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
3380	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
3381		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
3382		Semiconductor Corp.
3383	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
3384		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
3385		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
3386		at Austin.
3387	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
3388		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
3389		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
3390		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
3391		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
3392	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
3393		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
3394		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
3395		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
3396		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
3397	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
3398		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
3399		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
3400		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
3401		Costales.
3402	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
3403		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
3404		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
3405		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
3406		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
3407	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
3408		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
3409		The current values and defaults are:
3410		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
3411		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
3412		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
3413		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
3414		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
3415	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
3416		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
3417		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
3418	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
3419		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3420	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
3421		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
3422		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
3423		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
3424		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
3425		Eric Hagberg.
3426	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
3427		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
3428		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
3429		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
3430	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
3431		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
3432		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
3433		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3434	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
3435		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
3436		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
3437		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
3438		Communications.
3439	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
3440		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
3441		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
3442		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3443	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
3444		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
3445	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
3446		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
3447	PORTABILITY:
3448		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
3449			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
3450		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
3451			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
3452		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
3453		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
3454			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
3455			(Moscow).
3456		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
3457		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
3458		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
3459		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
3460		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
3461			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
3462	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
3463		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
3464		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
3465		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
3466		Received: line.
3467	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
3468		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
3469		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
3470		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
3471		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
3472		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
3473	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
3474		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
3475		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
3476		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
3477		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
3478		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
3479		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
3480		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
3481		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
3482		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
3483	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
3484		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
3485		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
3486		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
3487		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3488	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
3489		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
3490		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
3491	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
3492		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
3493		Long Beach.
3494
34958.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
3496	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
3497		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
3498		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
3499		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
3500		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
3501		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
3502		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
3503	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
3504		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
3505		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
3506		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
3507		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
3508		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
3509		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
3510		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
3511		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
3512	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
3513		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
3514		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3515	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
3516		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
3517		Problem noted by several people.
3518	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
3519		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
3520		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
3521		by several people.
3522	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
3523		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
3524	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
3525		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
3526		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
3527		of Best Internet Communications.
3528	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
3529		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
3530	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
3531		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
3532		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
3533		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
3534		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
3535	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
3536		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
3537	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
3538		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
3539	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
3540		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3541	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
3542		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
3543		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
3544		by Roy Mongiovi.
3545	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
3546		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3547	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
3548		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
3549		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
3550		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
3551		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
3552	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
3553		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
3554		of Kyoto University.
3555	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
3556		conditions from Don Lewis.
3557	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
3558		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
3559		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
3560		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
3561		patch from Bryan Costales.
3562	PORTABILITY FIXES:
3563		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
3564			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
3565			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
3566			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
3567			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
3568		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
3569			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
3570		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
3571			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
3572		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
3573			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
3574			of Tokyo.
3575		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
3576			Services, Inc.
3577		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
3578			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
3579			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
3580			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
3581		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
3582			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
3583	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
3584		than one long one.  By popular demand.
3585	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
3586		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
3587	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
3588		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
3589		of NTT Software Corporation.
3590	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
3591	NEW FILES:
3592		contrib/etrn.pl
3593
35948.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
3595	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
3596		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
3597		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
3598		best-of-security list.
3599	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
3600		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
3601		should make it clearer to people that they are running
3602		the wrong binary.
3603	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
3604		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
3605		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
3606		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
3607		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
3608	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
3609		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
3610		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
3611		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3612	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
3613		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
3614	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
3615		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
3616		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
3617		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
3618		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
3619		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
3620		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
3621		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
3622		Eric Wassenaar.
3623	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
3624		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
3625		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
3626		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
3627		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
3628		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
3629		UUNET.
3630	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
3631		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
3632		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
3633		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
3634		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
3635	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
3636		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
3637		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
3638		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
3639	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
3640		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3641	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
3642		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
3643		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
3644		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
3645	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
3646		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
3647		University of Linkoping.
3648	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
3649		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
3650		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
3651	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
3652		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
3653		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
3654		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
3655		other end.
3656	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
3657		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
3658		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
3659	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
3660		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
3661		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
3662		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3663	PORTABILITY FIXES:
3664		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
3665			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
3666			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
3667			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
3668		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
3669			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
3670		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
3671			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
3672		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
3673			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
3674			The outline of the implementation was contributed
3675			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
3676		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
3677			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
3678			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
3679			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
3680			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
3681			Earickson of Colby College.
3682		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
3683			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
3684			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
3685			Kari Hurtta.
3686	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
3687		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
3688		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
3689	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
3690		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
3691		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
3692		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3693	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
3694		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
3695		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
3696		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
3697		University of Washington, Seattle.
3698	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
3699		Polytechnic Institute.
3700	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
3701		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
3702	NEW FILES:
3703		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
3704		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
3705		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
3706
37078.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
3708	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
3709		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
3710	PORTABILITY FIXES:
3711		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
3712			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
3713			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
3714	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
3715		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
3716	CONFIG: no changes.
3717
37188.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
3719	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
3720		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
3721		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
3722	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
3723		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
3724		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
3725		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
3726		of WPI.
3727	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
3728		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
3729		Kyoto University.
3730	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
3731		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
3732		on illegal host names.
3733	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
3734		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
3735		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
3736	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
3737		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
3738		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
3739	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
3740		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
3741		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3742	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
3743		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
3744		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
3745	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
3746		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
3747		University of Leicester.
3748	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
3749		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
3750		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
3751		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
3752		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
3753		University of Washington.
3754	PORTABILITY FIXES:
3755		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
3756			people pointed this out.
3757		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
3758		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
3759			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
3760	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
3761		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
3762	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
3763		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
3764		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
3765		Softec.
3766	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
3767		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3768	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
3769		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
3770
37718.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
3772	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
3773		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
3774	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
3775		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
3776		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
3777	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
3778		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
3779		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
3780		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
3781	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
3782		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
3783		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
3784		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
3785		NSC (Japan).
3786	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
3787		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
3788		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3789	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
3790		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
3791		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
3792		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
3793	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
3794		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
3795		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
3796		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
3797		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
3798		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
3799		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
3800		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
3801	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
3802		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
3803	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
3804		printout.
3805	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
3806	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
3807		square braces.
3808	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
3809		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
3810		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
3811	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
3812		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
3813		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
3814		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3815	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
3816		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
3817		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
3818		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
3819	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
3820		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
3821		Dandelion Digital.
3822	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
3823		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
3824	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
3825		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
3826		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
3827	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
3828		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
3829		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
3830	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
3831		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
3832	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
3833		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
3834		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
3835		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
3836		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
3837	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
3838		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
3839	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
3840		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
3841		mailers.
3842	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
3843		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
3844		Myers of CMU.
3845	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
3846		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
3847		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
3848		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
3849		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
3850		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
3851	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
3852		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
3853		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
3854		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
3855		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
3856		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
3857		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
3858		parameter.
3859	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
3860		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
3861		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
3862		University of Maryland.
3863	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
3864		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
3865	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
3866		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
3867		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
3868	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
3869		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
3870		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
3871		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
3872		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
3873		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
3874		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
3875	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
3876		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
3877		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
3878		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
3879		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
3880	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
3881		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
3882		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
3883		section 5.2.5.
3884	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
3885		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
3886		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
3887		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
3888		is for incoming connections only.
3889	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
3890		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
3891		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
3892		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
3893		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
3894		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
3895		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
3896		(e.g., due to connection caching).
3897	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
3898		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
3899		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
3900		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
3901		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
3902		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
3903		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
3904		that take a very long time to run.
3905	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
3906		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
3907		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
3908	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
3909		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
3910		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3911	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
3912		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
3913		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3914	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
3915		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
3916		Costales.
3917	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
3918		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
3919		Technologies, Inc.
3920	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
3921		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
3922		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
3923	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
3924		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
3925		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
3926		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
3927		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
3928		different for this case.
3929	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
3930		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
3931		of Stanford University.
3932	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
3933		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
3934		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
3935		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3936	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
3937		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
3938		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
3939	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
3940		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
3941		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3942	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
3943		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
3944		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
3945		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
3946	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
3947		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
3948		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
3949		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
3950		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
3951		Pasteur Institute.
3952	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
3953		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
3954		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
3955		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
3956	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
3957		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
3958		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
3959		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
3960		canonification.
3961	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
3962		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
3963		mailers.
3964	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
3965		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
3966		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
3967		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
3968		either of these in their configuration file.
3969	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
3970		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
3971		St. Peter's College.
3972	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
3973		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
3974	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
3975		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
3976	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
3977		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3978	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
3979		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
3980		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
3981		Costales.
3982	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
3983		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
3984		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
3985		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
3986		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
3987		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
3988		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
3989		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
3990		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
3991		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
3992		in rulesets.
3993	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
3994		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
3995		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
3996		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
3997		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
3998		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
3999		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
4000		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
4001	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
4002		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
4003		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
4004		on that basis.
4005	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
4006		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
4007	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
4008		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
4009		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
4010		Vixie.
4011	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
4012		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
4013		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
4014		See also the src/READ_ME file.
4015	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
4016		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
4017		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
4018		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
4019		two characters $, +.
4020	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
4021		debug_dumpstate.
4022	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
4023		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
4024		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
4025		valid recipients.
4026	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
4027		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
4028		noted by Tom May.
4029	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
4030		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
4031		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
4032		Beck of InReference, Inc.
4033	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
4034		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
4035		Computing Corporation.
4036	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
4037		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
4038		Internet Communications.
4039	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
4040		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
4041		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
4042		of Lysator.
4043	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
4044		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
4045		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
4046		of the University of Iceland.
4047	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
4048		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
4049		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
4050		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
4051		this change is a no-op.
4052	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
4053		Costales.
4054	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
4055		Bryan Costales.
4056	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
4057		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
4058	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
4059		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4060	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
4061		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4062	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
4063		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
4064		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
4065		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4066	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
4067		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
4068		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
4069		Jones of UUNET.
4070	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
4071		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
4072		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4073	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
4074		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
4075		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
4076		easily determine what messages are to their role as
4077		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
4078		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
4079	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
4080		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
4081		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
4082		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
4083		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
4084		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
4085		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
4086		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
4087		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
4088		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
4089		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
4090		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
4091	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
4092		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
4093		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
4094		of Stanford University.
4095	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
4096		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
4097		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
4098		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
4099		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
4100		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
4101		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
4102	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
4103		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
4104		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
4105		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
4106		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
4107		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
4108	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
4109		Motonori Nakamura.
4110	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
4111		you are not running setuid; this makes management of certain
4112		kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch suggested by
4113		Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
4114	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
4115		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
4116		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
4117		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
4118		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
4119		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
4120		value is ".hoststat".
4121		There are also two new operation modes:
4122		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
4123		    connections.
4124		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
4125		    recent status information.
4126		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
4127		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
4128		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
4129		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
4130		framework is gratefully appreciated.
4131	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
4132		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
4133		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
4134		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
4135		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
4136		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
4137		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
4138		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
4139		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
4140		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
4141		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
4142	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
4143		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
4144		Costales.
4145	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
4146		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
4147	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
4148		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
4149		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
4150		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
4151	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
4152		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
4153		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
4154		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
4155		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
4156		Webmasters.
4157	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
4158		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
4159		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
4160		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
4161		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
4162	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
4163		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
4164		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
4165		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
4166		of Washington, Seattle.
4167	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
4168		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
4169		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
4170		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
4171		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
4172		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
4173	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
4174		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
4175		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
4176		Nakamura.
4177	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
4178		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
4179		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
4180		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
4181		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
4182		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
4183		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
4184		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
4185		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
4186		well constrained.
4187	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
4188		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
4189		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
4190		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
4191		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
4192	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
4193		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
4194		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
4195		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
4196		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
4197		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
4198	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
4199		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
4200		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
4201	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
4202		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
4203		Wolfhugel.
4204	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
4205		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
4206	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
4207		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
4208		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
4209	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
4210		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4211	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
4212		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
4213		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
4214		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
4215		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
4216	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
4217		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
4218		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
4219		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
4220	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
4221		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
4222		National University of Singapore.
4223	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
4224		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
4225		system can't cope with.
4226	PORTABILITY FIXES:
4227		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
4228			Atlas International.
4229		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
4230			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
4231		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
4232			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
4233			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
4234			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
4235			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
4236			Bernstein and Associates.
4237		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
4238			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
4239			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
4240		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
4241			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
4242		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
4243			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
4244			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
4245		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
4246			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4247		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
4248			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
4249		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
4250		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4251		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
4252			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4253			Institute.
4254		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
4255			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
4256		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
4257		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
4258			Employment Standards Administration.
4259		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
4260		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
4261			Jr.
4262		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
4263			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
4264		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
4265			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
4266		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
4267		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
4268		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
4269		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
4270			of the University of Arizona.
4271		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
4272			Vanderbilt University.
4273		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
4274			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
4275			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
4276			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4277	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
4278		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
4279	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
4280		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
4281		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
4282		Foundation.
4283	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
4284	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
4285		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
4286		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
4287		Myers of CMU.
4288	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
4289		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
4290		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
4291	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
4292		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
4293		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
4294		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
4295		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
4296		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
4297		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
4298		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
4299	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
4300		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
4301		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
4302		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
4303		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
4304		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
4305		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4306	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
4307		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
4308		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
4309		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
4310			info@foo.com	foo-info
4311			info@bar.com	bar-info
4312			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
4313		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
4314		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
4315		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
4316		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
4317		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
4318		a great many people.
4319	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
4320		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
4321	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
4322		"fax" mailer.
4323	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
4324		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
4325		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
4326		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
4327		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
4328		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
4329	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
4330		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
4331		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
4332		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
4333		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
4334	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
4335		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
4336		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
4337		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
4338		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
4339		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
4340	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
4341		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
4342		of WPI.
4343	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
4344		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
4345		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
4346	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
4347		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
4348		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
4349	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
4350		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
4351		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
4352		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
4353	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
4354	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
4355		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
4356		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
4357		by Andreas Luik.
4358	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
4359		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
4360		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4361	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
4362		Wolfhugel.
4363	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
4364	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
4365		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
4366		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
4367		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
4368		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
4369		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
4370		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
4371	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
4372		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
4373		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
4374		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
4375		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
4376	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
4377		Costales.
4378	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
4379	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
4380		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
4381	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
4382	NEW FILES:
4383		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
4384		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
4385		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
4386		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
4387		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
4388		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
4389		mailstats/mailstats.8
4390		praliases/praliases.8
4391		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
4392		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
4393		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
4394		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
4395		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
4396		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
4397		cf/ostype/altos.m4
4398		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
4399		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
4400		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
4401		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
4402	DELETED FILES:
4403		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
4404		contrib/xla/README
4405		contrib/xla/xla.c
4406	RENAMED FILES:
4407		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
4408		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
4409		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
4410		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
4411		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
4412
44138.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
4414	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
4415		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
4416		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
4417		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
4418		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
4419	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
4420		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
4421		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
4422
44238.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
4424	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
4425		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
4426		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
4427		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
4428		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
4429		and others.
4430
44318.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
4432	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
4433		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
4434		any user (except root).
4435	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
4436		version number is unchanged.
4437
44388.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
4439	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
4440		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
4441		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4442	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
4443		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
4444		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
4445		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
4446	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
4447		Costales.
4448	PORTABILITY FIXES:
4449		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
4450		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
4451			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
4452			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
4453			Stanford University.
4454	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
4455		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
4456
44578.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
4458	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
4459		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
4460		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
4461	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
4462		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
4463		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
4464		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
4465		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
4466		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
4467		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
4468	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
4469		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
4470		by Kari Hurtta.
4471	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
4472		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
4473		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
4474		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
4475		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
4476		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
4477		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
4478		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
4479		bounces when it should have requeued.
4480	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
4481		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being setuid bar stopped
4482		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
4483		John Hawkinson of Panix.
4484	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
4485		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
4486		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
4487		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
4488		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
4489		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
4490		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
4491		Infobiogen.
4492	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
4493		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
4494		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
4495		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
4496		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
4497	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
4498		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
4499	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
4500		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
4501		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
4502	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
4503		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
4504		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
4505	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
4506		underscores.
4507	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
4508		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
4509		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
4510	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
4511		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
4512		included even if the user did not request success notification,
4513		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
4514	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
4515		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
4516		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
4517		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
4518		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
4519	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
4520		Costales of ICSI.
4521	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
4522		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
4523		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
4524	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
4525		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
4526		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
4527		Technological University.
4528	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
4529		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
4530		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
4531		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4532	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
4533		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
4534	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
4535		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
4536	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
4537		to have the database format of the alias files without the
4538		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
4539		Inc.
4540	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
4541		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
4542		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
4543	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
4544		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
4545		University.
4546	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
4547		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
4548		Association for Progressive Communications.
4549	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
4550		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
4551		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
4552		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
4553		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
4554		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
4555		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
4556		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
4557	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
4558		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
4559		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
4560		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
4561	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
4562		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
4563		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
4564		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
4565		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
4566		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
4567	PORTABILITY FIXES:
4568		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
4569			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
4570			James B. Davis of TCI.
4571		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
4572			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
4573		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
4574			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
4575			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
4576			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
4577			isn't supported on all compilers.
4578		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
4579	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
4580		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
4581	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
4582		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
4583	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
4584		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
4585		(France).
4586	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
4587		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
4588	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
4589		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
4590		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
4591	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
4592		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
4593		for different files.
4594	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
4595		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
4596		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4597	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
4598		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
4599		changes).
4600
46018.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
4602	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
4603		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
4604		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
4605		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
4606	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
4607		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
4608		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
4609		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
4610		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
4611		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
4612	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
4613		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
4614		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
4615		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
4616		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
4617		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
4618		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
4619		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
4620		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
4621		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
4622	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
4623		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
4624		results.  This could have security implications.
4625	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
4626		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
4627		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
4628	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
4629		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
4630		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
4631		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
4632		Elz.
4633	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
4634		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
4635	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
4636		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
4637		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
4638		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
4639		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
4640		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
4641		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
4642		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
4643		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
4644		domain names are your friends.
4645	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
4646		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
4647	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
4648		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
4649	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
4650		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
4651		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
4652		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
4653		of TerraNet.
4654	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
4655		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
4656		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
4657		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
4658		of WPI.
4659	PORTABILITY FIXES:
4660		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
4661			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
4662			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
4663			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
4664			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
4665		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
4666			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
4667		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
4668		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
4669		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
4670			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
4671	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
4672		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
4673		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4674	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
4675		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
4676		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4677	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
4678		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
4679		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
4680		Infobiogen (France).
4681	NEW FILES:
4682		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
4683		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
4684		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
4685
46868.7/8.7		1995/09/16
4687	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
4688		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
4689		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
4690		Global Communications.
4691	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
4692		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
4693	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
4694		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
4695		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
4696		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
4697		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4698	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
4699		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
4700		can be confusing.
4701	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
4702		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
4703	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
4704		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
4705	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
4706		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
4707		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
4708		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
4709		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
4710		Maryland.
4711	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
4712		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
4713		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
4714		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
4715		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
4716	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
4717		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
4718		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
4719		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
4720		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
4721	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
4722		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
4723	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
4724		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
4725		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
4726		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4727	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
4728		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
4729		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
4730		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
4731		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
4732		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
4733		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
4734		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
4735		Swarthmore University.
4736	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
4737		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
4738		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
4739		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
4740			ruleset.
4741		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
4742		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
4743			-d debug flag.
4744		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
4745		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
4746		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
4747		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
4748			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
4749			and the parsed address.
4750		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
4751			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
4752		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
4753			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
4754			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
4755			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
4756			recipients.
4757		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
4758			return the result.
4759		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
4760			`mapname' and return the result.
4761	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
4762		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
4763	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
4764		the header for envelope sender information and uses
4765		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
4766		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
4767		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
4768		that functionality.
4769	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
4770		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
4771		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
4772		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
4773		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
4774		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
4775	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
4776		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
4777		of Michigan Technological University.
4778	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
4779		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
4780		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
4781		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
4782		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
4783		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
4784		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
4785		or not.
4786	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
4787		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
4788		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
4789		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
4790		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
4791		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
4792		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
4793	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
4794		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
4795		should have minimal impact on external function.
4796	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
4797		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
4798			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
4799		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
4800			7	SevenBitInput
4801			8	EightBitMode
4802			A	AliasFile
4803			a	AliasWait
4804			B	BlankSub
4805			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
4806			C	CheckpointInterval
4807			c	HoldExpensive
4808			D	AutoRebuildAliases
4809			d	DeliveryMode
4810			E	ErrorHeader
4811			e	ErrorMode
4812			f	SaveFromLine
4813			F	TempFileMode
4814			G	MatchGECOS
4815			H	HelpFile
4816			h	MaxHopCount
4817			i	IgnoreDots
4818			I	ResolverOptions
4819			J	ForwardPath
4820			j	SendMimeErrors
4821			k	ConnectionCacheSize
4822			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
4823			L	LogLevel
4824			l	UseErrorsTo
4825			m	MeToo
4826			n	CheckAliases
4827			O	DaemonPortOptions
4828			o	OldStyleHeaders
4829			P	PostmasterCopy
4830			p	PrivacyOptions
4831			Q	QueueDirectory
4832			q	QueueFactor
4833			R	DontPruneRoutes
4834			r, T	Timeout
4835			S	StatusFile
4836			s	SuperSafe
4837			t	TimeZoneSpec
4838			u	DefaultUser
4839			U	UserDatabaseSpec
4840			V	FallbackMXHost
4841			v	Verbose
4842			w	TryNullMXList
4843			x	QueueLA
4844			X	RefuseLA
4845			Y	ForkEachJob
4846			y	RecipientFactor
4847			z	ClassFactor
4848			Z	RetryFactor
4849		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
4850		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
4851			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
4852			$l	UnixFromLine
4853			$o	OperatorChars
4854			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
4855		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
4856		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
4857		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
4858		specify "V6" in the configuration.
4859	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
4860		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
4861		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
4862		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
4863		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
4864		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
4865		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
4866		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
4867		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
4868		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
4869	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
4870		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
4871		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
4872			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
4873			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
4874		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
4875			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
4876			recipient mailer flags.
4877		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
4878		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
4879			delivery.
4880		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
4881		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
4882		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
4883		    |	Check for |program on this address.
4884		    /	Check for /file on this address.
4885		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
4886			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
4887			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
4888			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
4889		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
4890		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
4891		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
4892	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
4893		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
4894		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
4895		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
4896		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
4897		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
4898		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
4899		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
4900		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
4901		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
4902		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
4903		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
4904		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
4905		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
4906		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
4907		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
4908			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
4909			(essentially, the full MIME option).
4910		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
4911			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
4912		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
4913			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
4914			flag is ignored.
4915		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
4916			the setting of F=8.
4917	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
4918		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
4919		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
4920		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
4921	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
4922		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
4923		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
4924		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
4925	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
4926		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
4927		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
4928		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
4929	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
4930		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
4931		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
4932		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
4933		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
4934		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
4935		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
4936		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
4937	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
4938		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
4939		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
4940		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
4941		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
4942		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
4943		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
4944		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
4945		Unicom.
4946	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
4947		fashion as the U= mailer option.
4948	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
4949		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
4950		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
4951		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
4952		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
4953		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
4954		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
4955		from Chip Rosenthal.
4956	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
4957		For example,
4958		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
4959		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
4960		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
4961		set them both the preferred new syntax is
4962		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
4963		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
4964	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
4965		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
4966		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
4967		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
4968		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
4969		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
4970		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
4971		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
4972		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
4973		contribution was to make it configurable).
4974	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
4975		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4976		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
4977		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
4978		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
4979		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
4980	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
4981		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
4982		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
4983		I/O redirection.
4984	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
4985		can be confusing.
4986	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
4987		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
4988		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
4989	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
4990	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
4991		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
4992		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
4993		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
4994		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
4995		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
4996		queue-only.
4997	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
4998		:include: and .forward files.
4999	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
5000		key field name, the value field name, and the field
5001		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
5002		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
5003		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
5004	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
5005		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5006	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
5007		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
5008		Sun Microsystems.
5009	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
5010		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
5011		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
5012		Hutton of Indiana University.
5013	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
5014		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
5015		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
5016		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
5017		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
5018		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
5019	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
5020		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
5021		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
5022		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
5023		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
5024		as comments.
5025	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
5026		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
5027		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
5028		are from sysexits.h.
5029	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
5030		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
5031		    Kmap1 ...
5032		    Kmap2 ...
5033		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
5034		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
5035		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
5036		map2 is searched and the value returned.
5037	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
5038		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
5039		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
5040		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
5041		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
5042		For example, if the declaration of the map is
5043		    Ksample switch hosts
5044		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
5045		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
5046		equivalent to
5047		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
5048		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
5049	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
5050		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
5051		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
5052		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
5053		the -m (matchonly) flag.
5054	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
5055		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
5056		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
5057	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
5058		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
5059		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
5060		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
5061	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
5062		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
5063		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
5064		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
5065		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
5066		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
5067		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
5068		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
5069		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
5070	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
5071		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
5072		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
5073		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
5074		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
5075	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
5076		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
5077		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
5078		an /etc/hosts entry reads
5079		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
5080		this change will use the second name as the canonical
5081		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
5082	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
5083		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
5084		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
5085		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
5086		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
5087		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
5088	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
5089		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
5090		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
5091		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
5092		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
5093		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
5094		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
5095	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
5096		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
5097		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
5098	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
5099		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
5100		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
5101		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
5102	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
5103		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
5104		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
5105		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
5106		much longer than the specified timeout.
5107	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
5108		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
5109		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
5110		denial-of-service attack.
5111	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
5112		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
5113		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
5114	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
5115		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
5116		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
5117		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
5118		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
5119		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
5120		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
5121		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
5122		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
5123		actually file lookups.
5124	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
5125		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
5126		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
5127		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
5128	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
5129		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
5130		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
5131		support for them has been removed.
5132	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
5133		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
5134		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
5135	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
5136		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
5137		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
5138		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
5139	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
5140		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
5141		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5142	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
5143		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
5144		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
5145	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
5146		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
5147		also improves the connection cache utilization.
5148	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
5149		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
5150		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
5151	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
5152		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
5153		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
5154		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
5155		all the time (without having the setuid bit set).  Change
5156		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
5157		Microsystems.
5158	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
5159		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
5160		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
5161		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
5162		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
5163		option can give the network software time to establish
5164		the link.  The default units are seconds.
5165	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
5166		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
5167		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
5168		Defense Information Systems Agency.
5169	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
5170		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
5171		the National Computer Security Center.
5172	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
5173		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
5174		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
5175		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
5176		the mailprio scripts (see below).
5177	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
5178		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
5179		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
5180		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
5181		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
5182		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
5183		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
5184		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
5185		University Computing Service.
5186	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
5187		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
5188		the University of Kentucky.
5189	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
5190		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
5191		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
5192	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
5193		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
5194	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
5195		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
5196		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
5197		Corporation.
5198	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
5199		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
5200		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
5201		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
5202	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
5203		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
5204		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
5205		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
5206		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
5207		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
5208		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
5209	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
5210		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
5211		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
5212	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
5213		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
5214		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
5215		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
5216	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
5217		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
5218		Communications.
5219	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
5220		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
5221		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
5222		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
5223		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
5224	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
5225		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
5226		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
5227		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
5228		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
5229	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
5230		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
5231	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
5232		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
5233		on values:
5234		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
5235					message will be passed on even
5236					though it is in technically
5237					illegal syntax.
5238		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
5239					recipients that it can find from
5240					the envelope.  This risks exposing
5241					Bcc: recipients.
5242		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
5243					has almost no redeeming social value,
5244					and is provided only for back
5245					compatibility.
5246		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
5247					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
5248					which will have the effect of
5249					making the message legal without
5250					exposing Bcc: recipients.
5251		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
5252					There is a chance that mailers down
5253					the line will delete this header,
5254					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
5255					recipients.
5256		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
5257	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
5258		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
5259		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
5260		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
5261		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
5262	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
5263		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
5264		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
5265		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
5266		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
5267		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
5268		For example, if you run with
5269			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
5270		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
5271		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
5272		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
5273		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
5274	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
5275		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
5276			list: member1
5277			list: member2
5278		and an alias file declared as:
5279			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
5280		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
5281		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
5282		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
5283	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
5284	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
5285		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
5286		Johannesen.
5287	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
5288		to be simpler and more consistent.
5289	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
5290		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
5291		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
5292		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5293	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
5294		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
5295		This may affect some people who have written their own
5296		checkcompat() routine.
5297	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
5298		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
5299		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
5300	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
5301		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
5302		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
5303		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
5304	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
5305		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
5306		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
5307		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
5308		Corporation.
5309	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
5310		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
5311		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
5312		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
5313		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
5314		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
5315		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
5316		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
5317	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
5318		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
5319		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
5320	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
5321		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
5322		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5323	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
5324		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
5325		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
5326	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
5327		the header.
5328	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5329	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
5330		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
5331		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
5332	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
5333		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
5334		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
5335		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
5336		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
5337		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
5338	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
5339		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
5340		is added between the first and second word of the first
5341		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
5342		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
5343		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
5344		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
5345		old sendmails understand.
5346	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
5347		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
5348	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
5349		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
5350		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
5351		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
5352		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
5353		data -- for example,
5354		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
5355					(romanized/less information)
5356		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
5357					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
5358					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
5359		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
5360					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
5361		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
5362		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
5363	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
5364		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
5365		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
5366		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
5367		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
5368		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
5369		Eric Prestemon of American University.
5370	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
5371		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
5372		increment on the background value).
5373	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
5374		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
5375		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
5376	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
5377		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
5378		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
5379	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
5380		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
5381		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
5382		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
5383		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
5384	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
5385		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
5386		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
5387		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
5388		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
5389		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
5390		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
5391		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
5392		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
5393	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
5394		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
5395		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
5396		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
5397		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
5398		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
5399		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
5400	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
5401		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
5402		service type is "files".
5403	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
5404		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
5405		into class "c".
5406	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
5407		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
5408		contributed by SunSoft.
5409	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
5410		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
5411		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
5412		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
5413		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
5414		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
5415		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
5416		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
5417		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
5418		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
5419	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
5420		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
5421		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
5422		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5423	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
5424		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
5425		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
5426		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
5427		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
5428		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
5429		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5430	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
5431		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
5432	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
5433		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
5434		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5435	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
5436		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
5437		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
5438		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
5439		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
5440		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
5441		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
5442		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
5443		flags.
5444	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
5445		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
5446		Motonori Nakamura.
5447	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
5448		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
5449		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
5450		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
5451		of MIT.
5452	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
5453		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
5454	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
5455		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
5456		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
5457		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
5458		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
5459		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
5460		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
5461		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
5462		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
5463	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
5464		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
5465		the make.
5466	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
5467		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
5468		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
5469		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
5470	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
5471		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
5472		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
5473		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
5474		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
5475		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
5476	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
5477		of Sun Microsystems.
5478	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
5479		is at least 50% faster.
5480	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
5481		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
5482		University.
5483	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
5484		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5485	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
5486		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
5487		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
5488		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
5489	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
5490		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
5491		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
5492	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
5493		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
5494		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
5495		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
5496		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
5497		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
5498	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
5499		Carnegie Mellon.
5500	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
5501		support.
5502	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
5503		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
5504		Global Information Solutions.
5505	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
5506		From Motonori Nakamura.
5507	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
5508		Motonori Nakamura.
5509	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
5510		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
5511	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
5512		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
5513		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
5514		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
5515		James of British Telecom.
5516	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
5517		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
5518	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
5519		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
5520		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
5521		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
5522		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
5523		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
5524		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
5525	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
5526		a bad guy can read your private files.
5527	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5528		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
5529		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
5530			University.  This expands the disk size
5531			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
5532		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
5533			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
5534		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
5535			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
5536		Linux Makefile typo.
5537		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
5538			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
5539		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
5540			University, Chico.
5541		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
5542			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
5543			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
5544			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
5545			This requires adaptation of code that really
5546			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
5547			addresses or nameserver fields.''
5548		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
5549			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
5550		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
5551			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
5552		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
5553			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
5554			problems.
5555		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
5556			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
5557			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
5558		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
5559			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
5560		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
5561			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
5562		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
5563			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
5564			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
5565			Wemm of DIALix.
5566		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
5567			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
5568			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
5569			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
5570			of Ohio State University.
5571		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
5572			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
5573			University.
5574		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
5575			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
5576			Mainz.
5577		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
5578		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
5579			wrong statfs call).
5580		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
5581		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
5582			University.
5583		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
5584		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
5585			Rochester Medical Center.
5586		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
5587			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
5588			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
5589			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
5590			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
5591		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
5592			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
5593			Division.
5594		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
5595			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
5596		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
5597			Durand of I.M.A.G.
5598		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
5599			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
5600		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
5601		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
5602			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
5603		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
5604		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5605		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
5606		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
5607		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
5608			of Meteo France.
5609		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
5610		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
5611		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
5612		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
5613		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
5614		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
5615		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
5616		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
5617		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
5618		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
5619			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
5620		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
5621			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
5622		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
5623			of Colorado.
5624		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
5625	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
5626		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
5627		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
5628	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
5629		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
5630		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
5631		on the file, but it should be quite small.
5632	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
5633		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
5634		giving the local administrator more control over what
5635		programs can be run from sendmail.
5636	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
5637		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
5638		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
5639		never will.
5640	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
5641		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
5642		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
5643	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
5644		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
5645		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
5646		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
5647		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
5648	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
5649		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
5650	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
5651		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
5652		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
5653		arbitrary directory -- use either:
5654			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
5655		or
5656			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
5657		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
5658		can use:
5659			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
5660		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
5661		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
5662		compatibility.
5663	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
5664		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
5665	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
5666		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
5667	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
5668		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
5669		County.
5670	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
5671	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
5672		just unqualified ones.
5673	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
5674		was never used and didn't work anyway.
5675	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
5676		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
5677	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
5678		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
5679		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
5680		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
5681		centralized hub.
5682	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
5683	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
5684		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
5685		this is expected to be another sendmail.
5686	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
5687		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
5688		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
5689		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
5690		Rosenthal of Unicom.
5691	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
5692		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
5693		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
5694	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
5695		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
5696		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
5697		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
5698		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
5699		but it is a no-op.
5700	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
5701		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
5702		as User Unknown.
5703	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
5704		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
5705		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
5706		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5707	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
5708		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
5709		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
5710	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
5711		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
5712		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
5713		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
5714	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
5715		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
5716		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
5717	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
5718	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
5719		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
5720	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
5721		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
5722		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
5723		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
5724	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
5725		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
5726		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
5727		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
5728		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
5729		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
5730		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
5731		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
5732	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
5733		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
5734		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
5735		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
5736		assumed.
5737	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
5738		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
5739		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
5740		Information Systems Agency.
5741	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
5742		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
5743		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
5744	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
5745		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
5746		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
5747		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
5748		that really can be used in the real world.
5749	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
5750		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
5751		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
5752	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
5753		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
5754	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
5755		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
5756		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
5757		by Scott Hutton.
5758	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
5759		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
5760	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
5761		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
5762		people.
5763	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
5764		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
5765	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
5766		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
5767		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
5768	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
5769		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
5770		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
5771	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
5772		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
5773		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
5774		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
5775	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
5776		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
5777		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
5778		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
5779		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
5780		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
5781	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
5782		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
5783		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
5784	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
5785		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
5786		by Kimmo Suominen.
5787	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
5788		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
5789		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
5790	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
5791		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5792	NEW FILES:
5793		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
5794		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
5795		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
5796		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
5797		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
5798		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
5799		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
5800		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
5801		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
5802		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
5803		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
5804		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
5805		cf/domain/generic.m4
5806		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
5807		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
5808		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
5809		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
5810		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
5811		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
5812		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
5813		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
5814		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
5815		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
5816		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
5817		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
5818		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
5819		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
5820		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
5821		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
5822		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
5823		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
5824		contrib/bsdi.mc
5825		contrib/mailprio
5826		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
5827		mail.local/mail.local.0
5828		makemap/makemap.0
5829		smrsh/README
5830		smrsh/smrsh.0
5831		smrsh/smrsh.8
5832		smrsh/smrsh.c
5833		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
5834		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
5835		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
5836		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
5837		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
5838		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
5839		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
5840		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
5841		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
5842		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
5843		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
5844		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
5845		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
5846		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
5847		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
5848		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
5849		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
5850		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
5851		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
5852		src/aliases.0
5853		src/mailq.0
5854		src/mime.c
5855		src/newaliases.0
5856		src/sendmail.0
5857		test/t_seteuid.c
5858	RENAMED FILES:
5859		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
5860		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
5861		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
5862		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
5863		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
5864		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
5865		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
5866		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
5867		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
5868		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
5869		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
5870		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
5871		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
5872		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
5873		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
5874		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
5875		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
5876		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
5877		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
5878		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
5879		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
5880	OBSOLETED FILES:
5881		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
5882		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
5883		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
5884		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
5885		cf/cf/knecht.mc
5886		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
5887		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
5888		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
5889		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
5890		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
5891		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
5892		contrib/rcpt-streaming
5893		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
5894
58958.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
5896	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
5897		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
5898		any user (except root).
5899	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
5900		version number is unchanged.
5901
59028.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
5903	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
5904		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
5905		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
5906		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
5907		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
5908		each other!).
5909	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
5910		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
5911		than fork().
5912
59138.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
5914	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
5915		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
5916	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
5917		message when attempted from IDENT.
5918	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
5919		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
5920		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
5921		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
5922	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
5923		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
5924		partial lines.
5925	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
5926		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
5927		Rob McMahon.
5928	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
5929		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
5930		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
5931		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
5932	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
5933		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
5934		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
5935		Novell Labs Europe.
5936	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
5937		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
5938		Cal State Chico.
5939	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
5940		*Hobbit*.
5941	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
5942		and Liudvikas Bukys.
5943	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
5944		from Spider Boardman.
5945	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
5946		with the binaries).
5947
59488.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
5949	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
5950		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
5951	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
5952		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
5953		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
5954		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
5955		implications.
5956	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
5957		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
5958		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
5959		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
5960	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
5961		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
5962		University of Texas.
5963	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
5964		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
5965		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
5966		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
5967	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
5968		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
5969		Data General.
5970	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
5971		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
5972		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
5973	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
5974		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
5975		with a lot of arguments).
5976	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
5977		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
5978		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
5979		Michigan.
5980	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
5981		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
5982		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
5983		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
5984		Thibault.
5985	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
5986		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
5987		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
5988		some of the map code.
5989	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
5990		with the binaries).
5991
59928.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
5993	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
5994		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
5995		may have some security implications.
5996	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
5997		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
5998		Hill of the University of Iowa.
5999	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
6000		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
6001	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
6002		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
6003	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
6004	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
6005		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
6006		option.
6007	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
6008		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
6009		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
6010		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
6011		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
6012		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
6013		Rochester.
6014	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
6015		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
6016		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
6017	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
6018		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
6019		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
6020	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
6021		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
6022		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
6023	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
6024		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
6025		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
6026		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
6027		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
6028		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
6029		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
6030		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
6031		messages.
6032	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
6033		message to explain how much space was available and
6034		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
6035		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
6036	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
6037		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
6038		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
6039		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
6040		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
6041		moves things more towards what will probably become a
6042		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
6043		Kapor Enterprises.
6044	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
6045		without recompiling.
6046	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
6047		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
6048		purely cosmetic.
6049	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
6050		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
6051		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
6052	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
6053		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
6054		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
6055		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
6056		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
6057		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
6058		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
6059	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
6060		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
6061		Wolfhugel.
6062	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
6063		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
6064		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
6065		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
6066		refused" response, and that the connection can be
6067		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
6068		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
6069		size around and can never start listening to connections
6070		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
6071		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
6072		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
6073		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
6074		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
6075		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
6076		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
6077		implications.
6078	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
6079		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
6080	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
6081		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
6082		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
6083	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
6084		doc directory.  This includes some additional
6085		information.
6086	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
6087		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
6088		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
6089		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
6090		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
6091		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
6092		loop the mail, which was bad news.
6093	Portability fixes:
6094		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
6095		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6096		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
6097		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
6098		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
6099		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
6100			Newcastle upon Tyne.
6101		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
6102			Corporation.
6103		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
6104		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
6105			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
6106		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
6107	New Files:
6108		src/Makefile.CLIX
6109		src/Makefile.NCR3000
6110		doc/changes/Makefile
6111		doc/changes/changes.me
6112		doc/changes/changes.ps
6113
61148.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
6115	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
6116		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
6117		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
6118
61198.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
6120	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
6121		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
6122		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
6123		list.
6124
61258.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
6126	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
6127		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
6128		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
6129		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
6130		valid shell.
6131	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
6132		in the connection cache for a long time under some
6133		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
6134		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
6135		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
6136		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
6137	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
6138		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
6139		from a local user to another local user.  From
6140		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6141	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
6142		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
6143		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6144	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
6145		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
6146		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
6147		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
6148		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
6149		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
6150		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
6151		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
6152		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
6153	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
6154		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
6155		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
6156	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
6157		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
6158		BSD-like system.
6159	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
6160		protocol entirely.
6161	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
6162		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
6163		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
6164		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
6165		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
6166	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
6167	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
6168		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
6169		files.
6170	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
6171		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
6172		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
6173	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
6174		of CMU.
6175	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
6176		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
6177		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
6178	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
6179		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
6180		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
6181		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
6182	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
6183		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
6184		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
6185		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
6186		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
6187		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
6188	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
6189		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
6190	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
6191		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
6192		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
6193		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
6194		Motonori Nakamura.
6195	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
6196		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
6197		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
6198	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
6199		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
6200		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
6201		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
6202	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
6203		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
6204		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
6205	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
6206		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
6207		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
6208	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
6209		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
6210		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
6211		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
6212	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
6213		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
6214		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
6215		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6216	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
6217		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
6218		didn't see the class items being added.
6219	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
6220		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
6221		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
6222		Rutgers.
6223	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
6224		but sets h_errno to a success value.
6225	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
6226		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
6227		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
6228		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
6229		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
6230		the problem myself.
6231	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
6232		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
6233		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
6234		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
6235	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
6236		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
6237		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
6238		UUNET.
6239	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
6240		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
6241		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
6242		John Oleynick.
6243	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
6244		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
6245		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
6246	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
6247		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
6248		Nakamura.
6249	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
6250		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
6251		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
6252		University of Washington.
6253	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
6254		don't have an ``=value'' part.
6255	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
6256		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
6257		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
6258		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
6259		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
6260		of Cambridge University.
6261	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
6262		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
6263		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
6264	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
6265		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
6266		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
6267	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
6268		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
6269		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
6270		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
6271		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
6272		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
6273		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
6274		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
6275		a chance.
6276	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
6277		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
6278	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
6279		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
6280		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
6281		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
6282		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
6283		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
6284		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
6285		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
6286	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
6287		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
6288	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
6289	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
6290		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
6291		size for various mailers.
6292	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
6293		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
6294		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
6295	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
6296		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
6297		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
6298	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
6299	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
6300		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
6301		system.
6302	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
6303		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
6304		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
6305	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
6306		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
6307		Michel of Thomson CSF.
6308	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
6309		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
6310		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
6311		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
6312		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
6313		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
6314		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
6315		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
6316		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
6317		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
6318		University of Sydney.
6319	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
6320		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
6321		This is because of the known bug where definition of
6322		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
6323		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
6324	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
6325		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
6326		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
6327		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
6328		Suominen.
6329	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
6330		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
6331		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
6332		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
6333	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
6334		Suominen.
6335	Portability fixes:
6336		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
6337		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6338		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
6339		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
6340		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
6341		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6342		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
6343		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
6344		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
6345	NEW FILES:
6346		src/Makefile.DomainOS
6347		src/Makefile.PTX
6348		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
6349		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
6350		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
6351		src/mailq.1
6352		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
6353		doc/op/Makefile
6354		doc/intro/Makefile
6355		doc/usenix/Makefile
6356
63578.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
6358	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
6359		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
6360		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
6361	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
6362		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
6363		permissions they should not have had (usually group
6364		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
6365		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
6366	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
6367		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
6368		Although this does not respond to a specific known
6369		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
6370		Christian Wettergren.
6371	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
6372		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
6373		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
6374		program by putting that in their .forward file.
6375		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
6376		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
6377		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
6378		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
6379		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
6380		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
6381		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
6382		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
6383		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
6384		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
6385	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
6386		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
6387		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
6388		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
6389	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
6390		connection to create problems on the current job.
6391		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
6392		the wrong place.
6393	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
6394		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
6395		problem that ignored the load average in locally
6396		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
6397	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
6398		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
6399	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
6400		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
6401		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
6402	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
6403		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
6404		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
6405		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
6406		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
6407	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
6408		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
6409		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
6410	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
6411		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
6412		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
6413	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
6414		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
6415	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
6416		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
6417		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
6418		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
6419	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
6420		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
6421		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
6422	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
6423		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
6424		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
6425	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
6426		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
6427		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
6428	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
6429		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
6430		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
6431		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
6432		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
6433		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
6434	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
6435		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
6436		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
6437		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
6438	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
6439		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
6440		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
6441		dot convention.
6442	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
6443		of from a clean exit.
6444	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
6445		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
6446		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
6447	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
6448		as the subject of an error message, even though the
6449		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
6450		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
6451	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
6452		Jones of UUNET.
6453	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
6454		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
6455		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
6456		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
6457	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
6458		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
6459		says that they should be ignored.
6460	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
6461		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
6462		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
6463		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
6464		is not reentrant.
6465	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
6466		documented in the Bat Book.
6467	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
6468		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
6469		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
6470		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
6471	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
6472		code during some parts of connection initialization.
6473		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
6474		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
6475		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
6476	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
6477		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6478	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
6479		of Kyoto University.
6480	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
6481		From P{r Emanuelsson.
6482	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
6483		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
6484	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
6485		Bryan Costales.
6486	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
6487		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
6488	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
6489		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
6490		Nakamura.
6491	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
6492		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
6493		illegal addresses appearing there).
6494	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
6495		BB&N.
6496	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
6497		included.
6498	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
6499		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
6500	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
6501		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
6502		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
6503		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
6504	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
6505		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
6506	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
6507		by the other end closing the connection.  From
6508		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
6509	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
6510		to include a host name or other useful information.
6511	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
6512		DeMarco.
6513	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
6514		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
6515		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
6516		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
6517		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
6518	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
6519		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
6520	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
6521		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
6522		this properly).
6523	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
6524		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
6525		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
6526	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
6527		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
6528		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
6529		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
6530		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
6531		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
6532		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
6533		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
6534	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
6535		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
6536		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
6537		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
6538		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
6539		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
6540		of the Institute for Global Communications.
6541	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
6542		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
6543		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
6544		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
6545	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
6546		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
6547	Portability fixes for:
6548		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
6549		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
6550		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
6551		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
6552		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
6553			of Stoner Associates.
6554		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
6555		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
6556			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
6557			of Maryland.
6558		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
6559		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
6560		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
6561		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
6562		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
6563		RISC/os.
6564		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
6565			at Chico.
6566		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
6567		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
6568		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
6569			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
6570			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
6571	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
6572		since this is intended only for internal use, the
6573		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
6574		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
6575		addresses when relaying internally.
6576	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
6577		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
6578		provided by Peter Wemm.
6579	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
6580		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
6581		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
6582	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
6583		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
6584	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
6585		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
6586		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
6587		names.
6588	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
6589		rather than letting them get "local configuration
6590		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
6591	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
6592		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
6593		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
6594		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
6595		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
6596	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
6597		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
6598	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
6599	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
6600		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
6601		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
6602		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
6603		of Georgia Tech.
6604	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
6605		Jim Murray of Stratus.
6606	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
6607		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
6608		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
6609		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
6610		the local name prepended.
6611	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
6612	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
6613	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
6614		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
6615	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
6616		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
6617		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
6618	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
6619		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
6620			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
6621		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
6622			:include: files and accounts that have shells
6623			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
6624			cause some .forward files that have worked
6625			before to start failing.
6626		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
6627	NEW FILES:
6628		src/Makefile.DGUX
6629		src/Makefile.Dynix
6630		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
6631		src/Makefile.Mach386
6632		src/Makefile.NetBSD
6633		src/Makefile.RISCos
6634		src/Makefile.SCO
6635		src/Makefile.SVR4
6636		src/Makefile.Titan
6637		cf/mailer/pop.m4
6638		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
6639		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
6640		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
6641		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
6642		makemap/Makefile.dist
6643		praliases/Makefile.dist
6644
66458.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
6646	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
6647		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
6648		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
6649	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
6650		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
6651		class of attack.
6652	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
6653		in a few critical places.
6654	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
6655		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
6656		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
6657		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
6658		and High-Energy Physics.
6659	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
6660		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
6661		Eric Wassenaar.
6662	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
6663		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
6664		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
6665		Wassenaar.
6666	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
6667		really become relevant in the next release, but some
6668		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
6669		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
6670	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
6671		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
6672		these can have different values depending on which
6673		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
6674	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
6675		what uid/gid processes ran as.
6676	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
6677		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
6678		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
6679		postmaster" case.
6680	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
6681	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
6682		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
6683	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
6684		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
6685		Christopher Davis.
6686	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
6687		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
6688		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
6689		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6690	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
6691		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
6692
66938.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
6694	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
6695		addresses that get return-receipts.
6696	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
6697		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
6698		and end up sending the message several times.
6699	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
6700		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
6701		four hours".
6702	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
6703		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
6704		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
6705		Cornell University Medical College.
6706	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
6707		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
6708		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
6709		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
6710		Wassenaar.
6711	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
6712		connections fail during message collection.  From
6713		Eric Wassenaar.
6714	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
6715		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
6716		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
6717		Stratus.
6718	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
6719		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
6720		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6721	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
6722		by non-root users were not put into
6723		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
6724		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
6725		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
6726	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
6727		could get confused as to whether a database was
6728		open or not.
6729	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
6730		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
6731		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
6732		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
6733		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
6734	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
6735		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
6736		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
6737	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
6738
67398.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
6740	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
6741	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
6742		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
6743		propagated to the queue file.
6744
67458.6/8.6		1993/10/05
6746	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
6747		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
6748	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
6749		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
6750		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
6751		header files but don't have the syscall.
6752	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
6753		if trymx == FALSE.
6754	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
6755		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
6756		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
6757		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
6758	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
6759		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
6760	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
6761		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
6762		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
6763		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
6764		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
6765		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
6766		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
6767	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
6768		Kanbe.
6769	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
6770		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
6771		Wisner of The Well.
6772	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
6773		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
6774	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
6775		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
6776		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
6777		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
6778		files that you should be able to read but have previously
6779		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
6780		read permission.
6781	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
6782		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
6783		MX suppression will still work.
6784	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
6785		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
6786		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
6787		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
6788	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
6789		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
6790		Nakamura.
6791	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
6792		"CX $Z" works.
6793	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
6794		trying to send the original message if the connection
6795		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
6796		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
6797		by John Myers of CMU.
6798	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
6799		term bug.
6800	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
6801		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
6802		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
6803		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
6804		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
6805		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
6806	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
6807	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
6808		ruleset testing a bit easier.
6809	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
6810		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
6811		level.
6812	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
6813		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
6814		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
6815		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
6816		address.
6817	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
6818		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
6819		Harvey Mudd College.
6820	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
6821		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
6822		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
6823		their full name information.
6824	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
6825		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
6826		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
6827	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
6828		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
6829	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
6830		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
6831		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
6832		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6833	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
6834		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
6835		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
6836		PC TCP/IP implementations.
6837	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
6838		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
6839		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
6840		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
6841		names.
6842	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
6843		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
6844		helpful.
6845	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
6846		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
6847		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
6848		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6849	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
6850		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
6851		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
6852	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
6853		that claims to be itself works properly.
6854	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
6855		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
6856		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
6857		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
6858	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
6859		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
6860		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
6861	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
6862		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
6863		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
6864		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
6865		scratch.
6866	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
6867		true address to still send to the original address
6868		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
6869		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
6870		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
6871	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
6872		more trouble than it was worth.
6873	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
6874		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
6875		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
6876	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
6877		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
6878		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
6879	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
6880		the queue.
6881	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
6882		messages don't come out with stale information.
6883	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
6884		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
6885	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
6886		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
6887		Myers of CMU.
6888	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
6889		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
6890		Corrigan.
6891	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
6892		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
6893		sender address.
6894	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
6895	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
6896	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
6897		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
6898		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
6899		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
6900		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
6901		that does bulk data transfer).
6902	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
6903		Amir Plivatsky.
6904	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
6905		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
6906		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
6907		bogus config files that were not caught.
6908	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
6909		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
6910	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
6911		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
6912		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
6913	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
6914		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
6915	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
6916		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
6917		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
6918		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
6919	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
6920		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
6921	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
6922		opened or if running with no database format defined.
6923	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
6924		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
6925	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
6926		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
6927		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
6928		Melbourne.
6929	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
6930		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
6931		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
6932		to match regular entries.
6933	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
6934		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
6935	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
6936		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
6937	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
6938		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
6939		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
6940	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
6941		error message so that the "subject" line of return
6942		messages is the best possible.
6943	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
6944		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
6945		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
6946	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
6947		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
6948	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
6949		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
6950	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
6951		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
6952	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
6953	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
6954		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
6955		on the address.
6956	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
6957		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
6958		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
6959		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
6960		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
6961	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
6962	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
6963	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
6964		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
6965		addresses in any detail.
6966	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
6967		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
6968	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
6969		with an address such as "!foo".
6970	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
6971		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
6972		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
6973		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
6974		Bret Marquis.
6975
69768.5/8.5		1993/07/23
6977	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
6978		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
6979		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
6980		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
6981	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
6982		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
6983		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
6984		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
6985		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
6986		Nakamura.
6987	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
6988		are no DNS records matching the name.
6989	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
6990		original message was received ... from localhost".
6991		The correct original host information is now included.
6992	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
6993		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
6994		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
6995	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
6996		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
6997	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
6998		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
6999		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
7000		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
7001		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
7002		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
7003		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
7004		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
7005
70068.4/8.4		1993/07/22
7007	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
7008		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
7009		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
7010		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
7011		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
7012		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
7013		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
7014		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
7015		are really configuration errors.  This option is
7016		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
7017		UIUC sendmail.
7018	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
7019		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
7020		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
7021		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
7022		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
7023		by Neil Rickert.
7024	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
7025		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
7026		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
7027		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
7028		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
7029		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
7030		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
7031		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
7032		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
7033		of dickering with error handling (see below).
7034	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
7035		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
7036		humans.
7037	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
7038		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
7039	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
7040		repaired).
7041	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
7042		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
7043		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
7044		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
7045	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
7046		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
7047		connection rather than sending QUIT.
7048	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
7049		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
7050		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
7051		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
7052		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
7053	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
7054		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
7055		core dumps on some machines.
7056	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
7057		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
7058		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
7059		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
7060		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
7061		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
7062		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
7063		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
7064		some true error conditions.
7065	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
7066		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
7067		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
7068		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
7069	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
7070		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
7071		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
7072		by Motonori Nakamura.
7073	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
7074		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
7075		caused error messages to be handled differently during
7076		a queue run than a direct run.
7077	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
7078		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
7079		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
7080	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
7081		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
7082		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
7083		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
7084		restart it.
7085	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
7086		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
7087		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
7088		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
7089		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
7090		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
7091		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
7092		is appropriately functional.
7093	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
7094		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
7095		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
7096		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
7097	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
7098		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
7099		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
7100		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
7101		Technologies.
7102	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
7103		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
7104		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
7105		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
7106		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
7107		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
7108		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
7109		things.
7110	Portability changes:
7111		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
7112			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
7113			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
7114			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
7115			of Colorado.
7116		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
7117			help other strict ANSI compilers.
7118		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
7119			Corporation.
7120		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
7121			documentation apparently doesn't define
7122			__STDC__ by default).
7123		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7124		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
7125			Motonori Nakamura.
7126	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
7127	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
7128		several people have made a good argument that this
7129		creates more problems than it solves (although this
7130		may prove painful in the short run).
7131	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
7132		format.
7133	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
7134		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
7135		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
7136	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
7137		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
7138		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
7139		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
7140		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
7141	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
7142		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
7143		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
7144		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
7145	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
7146		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
7147		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
7148		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
7149	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
7150		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
7151		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
7152		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
7153		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
7154	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
7155		environments.  Ugly as sin.
7156
71578.3/8.3		1993/07/13
7158	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
7159		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
7160		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
7161		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
7162		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
7163		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
7164		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
7165		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
7166		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
7167	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
7168		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
7169		"user friendly".
7170	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
7171		16 bytes/sec.
7172	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
7173		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
7174		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
7175		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
7176		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
7177		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
7178		for quick test cases.
7179	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
7180		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
7181		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
7182		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
7183	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
7184		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
7185		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
7186	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
7187		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
7188		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
7189		From Michael Corrigan.
7190	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
7191		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
7192		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
7193	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
7194		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
7195		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
7196	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
7197		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
7198		Christophe Wolfhugel.
7199	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
7200
72018.2/8.2		1993/07/11
7202	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
7203	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
7204		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
7205		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
7206	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
7207	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
7208		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
7209		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
7210		from Bill Wisner.
7211	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
7212		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
7213	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
7214		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
7215		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
7216	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
7217		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
7218		match the other flags in that file.
7219	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
7220	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
7221		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
7222	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
7223		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
7224		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7225	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
7226		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7227	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
7228		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
7229		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
7230	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
7231		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
7232		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
7233	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
7234		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
7235		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
7236		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
7237		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
7238	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
7239		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
7240		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
7241		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
7242		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
7243		the root and directories leading up to your home);
7244		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
7245		be owned by you.
7246	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
7247		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
7248		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
7249		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
7250	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
7251	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
7252	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
7253		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
7254		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
7255		is separate; this is just intended to work around
7256		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
7257		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7258	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
7259		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
7260		matching without a null it never tries again with a
7261		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
7262		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
7263		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
7264		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
7265		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
7266		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
7267		it adapts.
7268	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
7269		will insert the appropriate full name information;
7270		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
7271		way.
7272	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
7273		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
7274		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
7275	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
7276		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
7277		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
7278		only happen when there has been another error in the
7279		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
7280		by default in conf.h.
7281	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
7282		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
7283		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
7284		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
7285		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
7286		This output is not intended to be particularly human
7287		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
7288		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
7289	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
7290		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
7291		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
7292		See cf/README for an example.
7293	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
7294		sites that don't use the -d flag.
7295	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
7296		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
7297		has been requested by several people, but can break
7298		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
7299		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
7300		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
7301		broken.  Use it sparingly.
7302	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
7303		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
7304		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
7305	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
7306		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
7307		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
7308		Bill Wisner of The Well.
7309	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
7310		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
7311		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
7312
73138.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
7314	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
7315		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
7316	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
7317		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
7318		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
7319	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
7320
73218.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
7322	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
7323		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
7324		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
7325
73268.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
7327	Another mailertable fix....
7328
73298.1/8.1		1993/06/07
7330	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
7331